kea/ChangeLog

1207.	[func]		fdupont
	Client classes parser migrated to SimpleParser. The 'name'
	parameter in 'client-classes' definitions is now mandatory.
	(Trac #5098, git e93906e48a6e2b0ff78c5e37dca642646fe47d43)

1206.	[func]		tomek
	'hooks-libraries' parser migrated to SimpleParser. The code will
	now refuse a configuration if a hook library fails to load.
	(Trac #5031, #5041, git 1bbaf4cbcf6fda59bacdf526a6c762315fdd88a1)

1205.	[func]		tomek
	Parsers for interfaces configuration converted to SimpleParser.
	Removed obsolete 'version' parameter in Dhcp6.
	(Trac #5020, #5038, git 3d8e48c640e302670c04907468d11faafbe9fe7b)

1204.   [func]         marcin
	Added 'control_command_receive' hook point to Kea Command
	Manager.
        (Trac #5100, git d0c7cb29a7df3588c540afb4ca56de55f26142e0)

1203.   [func]         marcin
	Implemented TCPAcceptor class in libkea-asiolink. This class
	provides means to listen and asynchronously accept new TCP
	connections.
        (Trac #5094, git 920ba90696ba9d8579a7db5e1efcf955d6654a96)

1202.	[func]		tomek
	Parsers for mac-sources, control-socket, and relay-info converted
	to SimpleParser. It is no longer accepted to specify empty
	mac-sources. Either specify actual values in mac-sources or
	don't specify mac-sources at all.
	(Trac #5032, git f1c9dee0936b48be28f890ffd428fbdeb87c12ea)

1201.	[func]		tmark
	kea-dhcp4 and kea-dhcp6 now support the "set-config" command.
	The command causes the server to replace its current configuration
	with the configuration supplied as the command's argument.
	(Trac #5046, git 4afbdcf89c9f83d944f774d05bd401d3f2768d10)

1200.	[func]		tmark
	kea-dhcp4 and kea-dhcp6 now support the Command Channel "libreload"
	command.  The command causes the server to unload and then load all
	currently loaded hook libraries.
	(Trac #3238, git d4d8665494e1847b34b66f8ef542851ea6f0213c)

1199.	[func]		tomek, fdupont
	Dhcp4 parser migrated to bison. This yields a number of user
	visible changes:
	- better comment handling (bash, C, C++ style comments)
	- file includes now supported
	- better syntax checking
	- added advanced.json config example
	- removed obsolete 'version' parameter
	(Trac #5017, git 1cf853c595a100c86f9b2b3353f1b5964d902147)

1198.   [func]         marcin
	Created kea-ctrl-agent. This application currently doesn't
	do anything. Future tickets will add REST API to allow for
	managing Kea services.
	(Trac #5075, git 1ec7586da5ae1474b52d5a395fb80ee37d6d568e)

1197.	[doc]		tomek
	Configuration examples now set lfc-interval to a default
	value of one hour.
	(Trac #5072, git cf4362196fa2b7892643d1e40b974bb450a3de7e)

1196.	[func]		tomek, fdupont
	Dhcp6 parser migrated to bison. This yields a number of user
	visible changes:
	- better comment handling (bash, C, C++ style comments)
	- file includes now supported
	- better syntax checking
	(Trac #5036, git 4c5902da95a5228275cdb151b357864cfa9c31f5)

1195.	[build]		fdupont
	Altered to compile in C++ 2011 standard mode. Also replace (most)
	instances of the deprecated std::auto_ptr with std::unique_ptr.
	(Trac #5066, git a060d4a983860bf3056d50d9bf7ee4355c8372f2)

1194.   [build]     	marcin
	Moved StateModel class from D2 to libkea-util.
	(Trac #3175, git 270ec379aec2894104a299cdd1080e24007e25fb)

1193.	[doc]		stephen
	Update Hook Developers documentation to make it clearer where
	the Kea include files and libraries are located.
	(Trac #5069, git 14a78caaf3af9fe9a0ffe2c8af784eab78e813e0)

1192.   [build]     marcin
	Created libkea-process library and moved the Controllable
	Process Layer (CPL) from D2 to this new library.
	(Trac #5074, git 4563925f7966e9da2132eb427e742cc3d3feee5d)

1191.	[build]		tomek
	Optional support for premium package added.
	(Trac #5027, git 5ff51f28a1f05d941bb117986922a6f410f23c6c)

1190.	[func]		tomek
	User context implemented: an arbitrary user information can
	now be defined for address and prefix pools.
	(Trac #5023, git 4f81789e19b72c933bcf86e402b417c63bd7bd3f)

1189.	[func]		fdupont
	Owing to API changes, crypto code now requires OpenSSL 1.0.1 or
	later.
	(Trac #3908, git 4c14fdfd4187a4c8f7b775432082b76782e47663)

1188.	[doc]		vlegout
	Fixed several spelling mistakes.
	(Github #32, git d51c005519c4add6fd0c37bcd68b0fbe94941b2d)

1187.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server allows for allocating multiple leases for the
	same hardware address if a different client identifier is
	used for each lease. This facilitates the PXE boot use cases
	where a booted machine may request a lease multiple times.
	(Trac #5029, git 03defed4d8bb9a997d31dbfcf30ae3f866bd3353)

1186.	[func]		marcin
	Support for DHCPv6 options defined in RFC6603 and RFC7598. Thanks
	to Andrei Pavel and Cristian Secareanu of Qualitance for submitting
	initial implementation.
	(Trac #github24, git 59b62eb3ddd9db62c04bd47cd8fbdc1af62fbc1b)

1185.	[build]		marcin
	Install Kea headers to be used for building external libraries.
	Before this change some required headers were not installed.
	(Trac #5055, git a46087b7b7face4a1318658bbdcbf7602c1bb729)

1184.	[bug]		eest
	Fixes in the occasionally failing LFC unit test. This
	fix was provided by Patrik Lundin.
	(Github #31, git 69a5722bf3b41bf3b2bc0c2bcac966c23c08f62d)

1183.	[bug]		tmark
	kea-dhcp4 now correctly loads declined leases from CSV
	lease files. Prior to this, declined leases were being
	incorrectly and silently discarded.  In addition, both
	kea-dhcp4 and kea-dhcp6 will now emit an error log for
	each invalid row encountered when loading leases from
	CSV files.
	(Trac #5058, git 29b088079bed3c5059fdf8a43a4e79cd7f9a4207)

1182.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP servers detect overlapping pool ranges during
	configuration.
	(Trac #2280, git c8f931e0189c9630f5fba5d2a5553bed4abf36f7)

1181.	[func]		marcin
	Extended DHCPv6 server to allow for specifying DHCP options
	on address and prefix pool levels.
	(Trac #5022, git e3b2785c79aedbb0c8af7468d61f6d61dafd2282)

1180.	[doc]		stephen
	Editing pass through the Kea guide.
	(Trac #4484, git 63456fab1b978bd515198b9b9e604f293efd8217)
	(Trac #5008, git f09cd12d5b1abc60ccef98df2abc6c41b482a404)

1179.	[doc]		tomek
	Manual pages updated.
	(Trac #3515, git 4cf0395e11e724786c4d2a1d48805f1c770f4c99)

1178.	[doc]           tomek
	user_chk hook library is now documented in the User's Guide.
	(Trac #3209, git 4a8534d968a21cff3851619fb22d0032a1202c87)

1177.	[build]	marcin
	Updated Kea libraries version numbers for 1.1-final release.
	(Trac #5012, git 6e9a224b46def357141a31386fcc912b29dfe16d)

1176.	[doc]		tomek
	Developer's Guide has been updated.
	(trac #4299, git ed38076c183394feaef60e7123d0c488c9f6447d)

1175.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected a bug whereby a client, for which there was no
	host reservation specified, did not obtain an IPv6 lease
	from a server when PostgreSQL or MySQL host database backend
	was in use. In addition, PostgreSQL host database backend
	allows for specifying NULL values in certain columns within
	host reservation tables.
	(Trac #5009, git d3109bb27786867fdc99954ba55367f0ad129e7a)

1174.	[bug]		tmark
	Modifed kea-dhcp6 to avoid requesting DNS updates when
	existing leases are renewed without changes to the FQDN.
	(Trac #5007, git 05ea3a5eb75c06cf9814c63a1a54261bf58a954b)

1173.	[bug]		xxwolfsrainxx, marcin
	MySQL database creation scripts use single quotes for
	strings to avoid issues with creation of the database
	when MySQL server operates in ANSI_QUOTES mode.
	(github #30, git e40a54a8e24b5f6427edd4afcd5cdc15012b8866)

1172.	[bug]		andir
	Kea build fixes for gcc 6, which uses C++14 by default.
	(github #29, git ad68c3942839618c26d7ff017fbac7df139b5d01)

1171.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated supported operating systems and the prerequisites for
	installing and building Kea in the Kea Administrator
	Reference Manual.
	(Trac #4502, git af847837590ce5b37a300ebe15652fb172585b38)

1170.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated Kea Administrator's Reference Manual sections
	regarding host reservations. Added configuration examples
	for using host reservations with MySQL and PostgreSQL
	databases.
	(Trac #3684, git 71d21eac51d20ff5d368b17c437abc45c955a04c)

1169.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated Kea Administrator Reference Manual to explain the
	implications of using "kea_verbose" parameter in the keactrl
	configuration.
	(Trac #3950, git c5f4920fd1994882e1fae398ae29b455401296bd)

1168.	[doc]		marcin
	Corrected location of the Kea repository in the Kea Administrator
	Reference Manual.
	(Trac #4258, git f081000b892287316e54848ca1f62ca3512d4263)

1167.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP servers utilize client classes defined in host reservations.
	(Trac #4765, git 242fbc47b31da404e57be458ac065f811084cca9)

1166.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected error message produced by the host database access
	parser when the database type was not specified.
	(Trac #4261, git 028dd49f4fa4843e68e23d11c237e9f4683470ba)

1165.	[func]		marcin
	Hostname option is returned to the client when requested using
	Parameter Request List option. Previously this option was only
	returned when a client has sent Hostname option to the server.
	(Trac #5005, git 96ab8ecaa3d5b2d6cd88d0b16406f433d2cdf841)

1164.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected an issue whereby DHCPv4 server did not correctly set a
	server identifier in response message sent to a client on BSD
	systems.
	(Trac #5003, git 110c67325072a781d55cf0634f8f5f3385611f97)

1163.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected swapped DHCPSRV_MEMFILE_GET_EXPIRED{4,6} messages
	in the Memfile lease manager.
	(Trac #4717, git ce5919d97879c3fda0858894b24418af135ef8f3)

1162.	[func]		pallotron
	Added two enhancements to perfdhcp: optionally using MAC
	addresses from a file in new DHCP transactions, and
	generation of DHCPv6 relayed messages.
	(github #22, git c5b4a5981cf642ebb9aecb8acc07b87abdccbd91)

1161.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed interface manager receive methods which raise a bug on
	Fedora 24 / gcc 6.1?
	(Trac #4551, git 8d590e434062535e850a60a7892481df845ff390)

Kea 1.1.0-beta released on August 31, 2016

1160.	[build]		marcin
	Bumped up version numbers of Kea libraries and KEA_HOOKS_VERSION
	for the Kea 1.1.0 beta release.
	(Trac #4632, git 93941523e039a1cc4bb34182a290f9d7b805df34)

1159.	[func]		marcin
	MySQL database schema updated to version 5.0.
	(Trac #4562, git 0e40b35e280f0845686bcfdb2efb577c7878ede6)

1158.	[func]		tomek
	It is now possible to specify fixed fields (next-server,
	server-hostname and boot-file-name parameters) for client classes.
	(Trac #4626, git 89cf54524d8b55cc982ab2146915c0a90fc6efe2)

1157.	[func]		marcin
	Added support for static reservations for fixed fields in
	DHCPv4 messages: siaddr, sname and file.
	(Trac #4552, git 9b79fe005dd77328ea7c596fc6886f8fb838d1cf)

1156.	[bug]		tmark
	Lease statistics are now recalculated during server startup and
	after each successful reconfiguration for Memfile, MySQL, and PostgreSQL
	back ends.  This addresses issues caused by accumulated values being lost
	across restarts and reconfigurations making rendering values incorrect.
	(Trac #4294 git 0abdcf15f85861ffcb67d50fa4ce3965d25e4a9f)

1155.	[func]		marcin
	Kea can be configured to operate using read-only host database.
	This is only supported for MySQL and PostgreSQL databases.
	(Trac #4489 git 0d8dc7affb67ad8066b44c6f81532b79a641d50b)

1154.	[bug]		stephen
	Changes to logging to avoid premature destruction of some
	objects during program exit.  On some systems this caused
	one of the unit test programs to crash when it terminated.
	(Trac #4494, git 023c2fc3688bcdbccb4b286bea873c8f9c06cd5f)

1153.	[func]		tomek
	Integers can now be used in client classification.
	(Trac #4483, git e90cf0ee4007521b86177be6d5fbb970c02c1075)

1152.	[doc]		marcin
	Use of PostgreSQL as a storage for host reservations is now
	documented in the Kea Administrator Reference Manual.
	(Trac #4282, git f2879919772c10b1ae8c45d0e761ef199cf84061)

1151.	[func]		tmark
	Support for assigning client classes to host reservations has
	been added to both the PostgreSQL and MySQL backends.
	(Trac #4277, #4213 git 6990ab9d542e984c59ce5a11ff926c3c732a75fc)

1150.	[bug]		tomek
	Extended gcc bug workaround to work on all versions of gcc
	from 5.2 up to, but not including 6.0. See ChangeLog entry
	1103 or Trac ticket #4243 for details.
	(Trac #4553, git 80243d9d246b982d86dd7e0d00597383cae01706)

1149.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected a bug whereby clients were not assigned reserved
	addresses from an external database, as a result of unexpected
	closure of a connection to that database.
	(Trac #4544, git 7f682112dd5ab9fcd6bfa4e10505c246775f353d)

1148.	[func]		tomek
	The vendor options (124, 125 in DHCPv4 and 16, 17 in DHCPv6) are
	now accessible from client classification.
	(Trac #4270, #4271, git ef676368f9036625d73f7f34e3fe9b5eeeaee7f1)

1148.	[func]		fdupont
	Added the pkt classification token to extract incoming packet
	meta-data (receiving interface name, source and destination
	address, length).
	(Trac #4272, git 9a3bdfa43cf65ef56a8d63580dd5d7414fc41373)

1147.	[func]		stephen
	-Werror is no longer the default for compilation.  Promotion of all
	compilation warnings to errors now requires the --with-werror switch
	to be specified when running configure.
	(Trac #4533, git 874e3a3f5cb10313856284646fcee7cf86e4fcce)

1146.	[func]		sar
	Add the forensic hook library documentation to the admin guide.
	(Trac #4511, git 0bb39840a3cbdaf815819f846120c90d9ca038ff)

1145.	[func]		tmark
	The Postgresql backend now supports host reservations for both
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6, with options and IPv6 reservations.
	(Trac #4277 git ac1eaa1026987c2d86d57b4aa0dc9a4d093787f0)

1144.	[bug]		mihu
	Response to DHCPINFORM is generally sent to port 68, rather
	than port 67. Thanks to Michal Humpula for providing a patch.
	(github #23, git 4216a4bedf8a884df087c68d48c88ee9ffa444dc)

1143.	[doc]		fdupont
	User's Guide has been updated with DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 support
	details.
	(Trac #4273, git fe8cb64adeabe00d84ee390b579a8328717ae521)

1142.	[doc]		sar
	Uncomment the example columns in some rows in the table
	listing the classification examples.
	(None, git dee442a64f57c8d9dd87636f9e39084ed1b11e03)

1141.	[func]		marcin
	Pkt4, Pkt6 and Pkt4o6 objects passed to hooks libraries
	return copies of DHCP options to avoid unintended modification
	of the options stored in the server configuration.
	(Trac #4497, git e50d2ebe998ec3faad8ade22b6971d6584c81044)

1140.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server supports assigning multiple reserved addresses
	and/or prefixes to a single client.
	(Trac #4321, git 0bfb2a9093174e4424051c01beeee7637ac95be0)

1139.	[doc]		tomek
	New features of host reservations have been documented: ability
	to reserve standard and vendor options in host reservations. Separate
	sections for each backend added.
	(Trac #4518, git 99a40fead28f4324dfb55f1962a8bf3e85ab70e2)

1138.	[build]		fdupont
	Compilation problem on FreeBSD caused by unused parameter in
	certain version of boost headers is now resolved. Also, INSTALL
	file has been updated and now lists dependencies.
	(Trac #4283, git 7dbd95651c308527f2e42c533fdc0a12aeec5308)

1137.	[doc]		fdupont
	Developer's Guide has been updated with DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 support
	details.
	(Trac #4274, git b3eda594e055f03a9a601bacf0c72c3db0ef8e3c)

1136.	[doc]		tomek
	Included full text of MPL 2.0 and Apache licenses.
	(Trac #4529, git baefb4b3e2078a0a0f794b42ef52d6b7d53c9dab)

1135.	[func]		fdupont
	Integrated the DHCPv4 service part of DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 support.
	(Trac #4110, git 7d36aebe14db10b0cbac8e6c0e82160b9d5d7ecd)

1134.	[func]		fdupont
	Integrated the DHCPv6 service part of DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 support.
	(Trac #4109, git 8d1f330d9b0a44039a8b9e0b479f8da1743b9504)

1133.	[func]		razvan
	The initial support for CQL (Cassandra) backend added. It is able
	to store leases information.
	(Github #21, git d3a412d4b090bfd84ec5bc5d7817b1dfcc92602e)

1132.	[func]		tmark
	The Postgresql schema has been updated to support host
	reservations and its version number has been bumped to 3.0.
	This schema is content equivalent to the MySQL schema version 4.2.
	(Trac #4275, git 6f8e646bee9de22c921ed26409f3d1856ebce9e6)

1131.	[func]		fdupont
	Update the DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 inter-process communication code.
	(Trac #4106, git 1ce1cba00af5d81822d5bbe26ddd28b718f51d54)

1130.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server assigns DHCP options specified for hosts. Host
	specific options take precedence over class specific options,
	subnet specific options and global options.
	(Trac #3573, git c29551e43010a345cfa2efda46389f4433d84650)

1129.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Removed unnecessary copies of the container holding
	option definitions to improve performance of both DHCPv4 and
	DHCPv6 server.
	(Trac #4498, git 14716853a92e08c4cc5be75ae85c5e84d6356a1e)

1128.	[func]		tomek
	Subnet selection in DHCPv4 will now work, even if the addresses
	configured on interface are not in range of the subnet definition
	from the configuration file.
	(Trac #4308, git 7c74ecdbb64c69d341d623422216b0a54e6ff519)

1127.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server assigns DHCP options specified for hosts. Host
	specific options take precedence over class specific options,
	subnet specific options and global options.
	(Trac #3572, git 49f67aaf36dab38b4fcbf59dcad97e4309903b2f)

1126.	[func]		marcin
	Host reservations can be assigned using DHCPv4 client identifier.
	(Trac #4317, git 5f14fca1e029b04ad21a417936c2b8889acef10d)

1125.	[func]		fdupont
	Inter-process communication for exchanging packets between
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 components of DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 has been
	implemented.
	(Trac #4106, git 3223bb8280bfd99c225e725de660ae764abe3c87)

1124.	[bug]		sar
	Update the classification document to match the output from
	the debug statements.
	(Trac NA, git 8b3ea8e26c3e6cd3c46073b635212fd29f031774)

1123.	[func]		marcin
	Extended MySQL host data source to retrieve DHCPv4 and DHCPv6
	options associated with hosts from a MySQL database.
	(Trac #4281, git b8a306a27d1cae03f6bc5223c30806f5cd1b64f4)

1122.	[func]		sar
	Add debug logging to the classification tokens.  This uses
	the loggers "kea-dhcp4.eval" and "kea-dhcp6.eval" to capture
	details of the classification expression evaluations.
	(Trac #4480, git cf14d0d21c69879f21733457a97a6ac0bdb1dae2)

1121.	[func]		stephen
	Make the database connection timeout a configurable parameter with
	a default value of five seconds.
	(Trac #3164, git 3332ad17523c6fcc1e735e4297169ebb2de95118)

1120.	[bug]		marcin
	Performance improvement in libdhcp++: improved efficiency of the
	DHCPv4 Message Type option creation.
	(Trac #4495, git 41c43a2a9e34931fc3ebf58c459f10ad08575d19)

1119.	[bug]		marcin
	Performance improvement in hosts reservation: removed
	inefficient conversion of the host identifier to text
	when logging.
	(Trac #4499, git 48c20790480d5ed7bfde0ef7b052dd4a9745607d)

1118.	[func]		tmark
	The "query4" argument, containing the client packet received, has been
	added to the DHCPv4 hook points: lease4_select and lease4_renew.  The
	"query6" argument, containing the client packet received, has been
	added to the DHCPv6 hook points: lease6_select and pkt6_send.
	(Trac #4481, git c0af94c47bda85eb1caa3a78a46280b63990672a)

1117.	[bug]		stephen
	Adjusted variable type in a MySQL-related file to overcome a
	type mismatch problem reported by one particular compiler.
	(Trac #4485, git 4c6fb189b5d12ffdf4ab171c9154366e70e6082c)

1116.	[func]		tomek
	DHCPv4 subnet selection can now be selected based on IPv6
	information. This is part of ongoing effort to support RFC7341:
	DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6.
	(Trac #4112, git 3352685981ec8ca9a90f7405ff56cd31af6fb0d9)

1115.   [bug]		tmark
	An explicit call to unload the hook libraries prior to server
	exit was added to both kea-dhcp6 and kea-dhcp4.  This corrects
	an issue where logging components were being destroyed prior
	to hook libraries being unloaded.
	(Trac #4492, git 2a4792b3551cce2fb9147f33f032ae7e71791d21)

1114.	[bug]		marcin
	perfdhcp: Improved algorithm for dropping timed out transactions.
	This prevents growing memory consumption due to storing timed
	out transactions when the DHCP server drops many messages.
	(Trac #4493, git 9757a93110afb82c5379643f2f48e223d497efae)

1113.	[func]		tomek
	It is now possible to specify parameters for hook libraries.
	(Trac #4297, git f45d0b5d297f6ad522eb8b7e6f6a0de1064b8569)

1112.	[func]		marcin
	"host-reservation-identifiers" configuration parameter has been
	implemented. It allows for specifying an ordered list of
	host identifiers that DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers use to
	retrieve static host reservations for a client.
	(Trac #4303, git 942808400e7116d95acfd53b0dc1ecad1c45c598)

1111.	[func]		tmark
	Schema scripts have been relocated from src/bin/admin/scripts to
	src/share/database/scripts and are now shared by both kea-admin
	and unit testing.
	(Trac #4239, git 131fcf52f2a65cedb53975f99114296366fb0199)

1110.	[func]		fdupont
	Added support for extracting constant length fields from a DHCPv4
	packet.
	(Trac #4268a, git 5d1397efc05802b72e86785528870b7154307ff0)

1109.	[func]		sar
	Added support for accessing DHCPv6 packet fields message type
	and transaction id in a classification expression.
	(Trac #4269, git 48be5f5ceaba6b0d0a2b31465e8a5904524e894c)

1108.	[bug]		pallotron
	perfdhcp uses the same transaction id throughout the DORA
	exchange to adhere with RFC 2131.
	(github #19, git d260a70d6aa0baecd68131bc35f58f097aa77bcc)

1107.	[func]		tmark
	The DDNS parameter, replace-client-name, has been changed from a boolean
	to list of modes, which provides greater flexibility in when the Kea
	servers replace or supply DNS names for clients.  This is supported both
	kea-dhcp4 and kea-dhcp6.
	(Trac #4259, git 45e56d7aa0d4a6224a1a28941f6cb11575391222)

1106.	[func]		marcin
	"circuit-id" can be specified as host identifier in host
	host reservations. However, the server ignores the reservations
	by "circuit-id" at this point.
	(Trac #4301, git cf56fc2a2e0e821a17dd95de49a43755745682fb)

1105.	[func]		sar
	Added access to the peer address, link address and option
	information added by relays in a DHCPv6 message.
	(Trac #4265, git bb00d9d205ee047961ba70417d7ce02c37d80ce7)

1104.	[bug]		stephen
	Made DHCPSRV_MEMFILE_LFC_UNREGISTER_TIMER_FAILED a debug message as the
	condition leading to it (trying to unregister a timer that is not
	registered) does not have an adverse effect on the operation of Kea.
	(Trac #4293, git 06204c5d347d0df359af69974c155d0fa9725b44)

1103.	[bug]		tmark
	Wrapped asio/asio.hpp with logic to suppress optimization when building
	under GCC 5.2.0 through 5.3.1 and BOOST_ERROR_CODE_HEADER only is defined.
	This avoids an issue in the asio socket layer that was incorrectly
	reporting socket read errors causing unit tests to fail and kea-dhcp-ddns
	to loop logger calls in the error handler (aka double errors).
	(Trac #4243, git 082f846f37cb32964c876b2bff5fcac82d1eaaf0)

1102.	[func]		marcin
	Updated Host Manager API to allow for retrieving host reservations
	by any type of host identifier. Previously it was only possible
	to retrieve host reservations by hardware address or DUID.
	(Trac #4302, git 3979656c918164e3c39e0e8fb78b2862a2b5e95a)

1101.	[func]		kalmus, marcin
	Implemented IPv6 address/prefix reservations in MySQL.
	(Trac #4212, git 79481043935789fc6898d4743bede1606f82eb75)

1100.	[func]		fdupont
	Reorganized the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 services into run() (service
	loop), run_one() (receive, call next routine and send) and
	processPacket() (internal core processing of an incoming packet).
	(Trac #4108,#4266,#4267, git ba24bd770d1a1791f8fdc3df7f2e41f9f0c851ec)

1099.	[func]		tmark
	Both kea-dhcp4 and kea-dhcp6, now log the primary lease events (e.g.
	grants, renewals, releases, declines) at the INFO log level to the
	lease4_logger and lease6_logger respectively.  Prior to this these
	events were logged at the DEBUG log level.
	(Trac #4316, git 9beca27e3d76d0ccec925125f23074227db08869)

1098.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed some minor Coverity-detected issues.
	(Trac #4326, git ad1f442ee4382b354dc8be84ba77785e565aa86b)

1097.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Fixed issues with lease indexing in Memfile
	database backend.
	(Trac #4339, git a065144663ac716b1fa1c8c224a88aa176da9630)

1096.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed Coverity-detected overflows in pkt4::setFile() and setName().
	(Trac #4306, git 0b7388891eaab39fe727b076468d672551126796)

1095.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP option values can be specified within host reservations
	in the configuration file.
	(Trac #4319, git 069dd7c248afcfcb7e4d958f20faa32e946e74ce)

1094.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed Coverity-detected exception-handling issues.
	(Trac #4307, git 3e1050749d9684144e1bd17552af7e4abf3c0d17)

1093.	[func]		fdupont
	Added support for IP address (IPv4 and IPv6) literals in
	classification expressions.
	(Trac #4232, git b98cc019b172a4903a2121e910f3cee4eaca2d51)

1092.	[func]		fdupont
	Added relay4[X].exists method in classifications that checks
	whether a sub-option is present in theDHCPv4 RAI (Relay Agent
	Information, 82) option.
	(Trac #4313, git 87397fd75215b69ad79708aaa1d7505aca299fb5)

1091.	[bug]		fdupont
	Protected DHCP server main() routines against errors raised from
	logger calls in the error handler (aka double errors).
	(Trac #4310, git 6813e1a7520335f6920ff8de5e52ecdb24712910)

1090.	[bug]		fdupont
	Empty option specifications no longer require setting the
	csv-format parameter.
	(Trac #4291, git 398458f3ad4680fd5f3c032eb6c99d50c2981368)

1089.	[func]		marcin
	The Host class has been extended to store DHCP options to
	be assigned to a client.
	(Trac #3571, git 9d434f28cc4683eccbcca1ba0d1e45bceb5230d2)

1088.	[bug]		sar
	Always copy the DHCPv4 flags field from a client's request to the
	the server's response.
	(Trac #4292, git 8b7182abdc7ff47eb9b68451e7507b7e4b9872e0)

1087.	[bug]		fdupont
	Removed obsolete requirement of python3 by --enable-generate-docs
	configuration option.
	(Trac #4315, git 2c236316d5fbac9906cf48a6e4df1649e7545e67)

1086.	[bug]		marcin
	When lease-database configuration parameter is not
	specified the default lease database backend (memfile)
	is used.
	(Trac #3696, git 0be5e6eb32680a742ddcf427b8181f55c0c98115)

1085.	[func]		fdupont
	The following DHCPv4 options are now supported:
		nisplus-domain-name (64),
		nisplus-servers (65),
		mobile-ip-home-agent (68),
		smtp-server (69),
		pop-server (70),
		nntp-server (71),
		www-server (72),
		finger-server (73),
		irc-server (74),
		streettalk-server (75)
		streettalk-directory-assistance-server (76)
	(Trac #4286, git 5ed03ed5ea48334bbd16a9a8e1676f3b4cc730a0)

1084.	[bug]		jpopelka
	Added missing slashed in path_replacer.sh.
	(Github #10, git 8986813825623b19fb220534434d0c13785fc14c)

1083.	[func]		fdupont
	Added a concat function in classification which concatenates two
	strings.
	(Trac #4233, git eec10b436b928bd5eb3139c2f98ec9a6a818f30e)

1082.	[func]		fdupont
	Added Not, And and Or logical operators, parentheses around
	logical expressions and option[code].exist logical predicate
	(to check the presence of an empty option).
	(Trac #4231, git 8e01dbe2fe2d8c97f89c20f5bb1d03748a2432e0)

1081.	[func]		tomek
	Client classification in DHCPv4 has been enhanced. It is now
	possible to access relay sub-options using the expression
	relay[123].hex.
	(Trac #4264, git c13791e916ceae9a73ca44005581e0e39385a572)

1080.	[func]		marcin
	perfdhcp now accepts -f option for DHCPv4 server testing, which
	enables lease renewals at the specified rate.
	(Trac #4254, git 8c5630b9ce6d3fba224f0643a7c69e4f7aaefca7)

Kea 1.0.0 released on December 29, 2015

1079.	[bug]		jpopelka
	Fixed compilation issue in MySQL host data source: the
	dhcp_identifer_length is now unsigned long. This addresses
	a compilation problem on Fedora.
	(Github #17, git 8548d1b589df98cc956b4d80d2cb8819ef576717)

1078.	[bug]		fdupont
	Removed warnings emitted during generation of Doxygen documentation.
	(Trac #4234, git b67910a3893bc79eb77a48bae6c31214a317bd40)

1077.	[bug]		marcin
	Addressed regression in distcheck after merge of #4224.
	Before the changes one of the lease files produced by
	'kea-lfc' was not removed after tests running lease file
	cleanup. As a result, the distcheck failed discovering
	this file being left after distclean.
	(Trac #4249, git 04aa9b95bf8c4dd8b555dd78cc8cd57126473800)

1076.	[bug]		tmark
	This change bumps the MySQL schema version from 4.0 to 4.1 and includes
	the following changes: added explicit use of InnoDB engine to all MySQL
	table create statements,  MySQL lease dump output is now sorted by lease
	address in ascending order, and the MySQL lease_hwaddr_source table now
	contains an entry for HWADDR_SOURCE_UNKNOWN (i.e. source = 0). Our thanks
	to Sebastien Couture at Ubity Inc. for reporting the InnoDB engine issue
	and submitting a fix for it.
	(Github #16, Trac #4237,#4238, git f0fb9f35a394785215573a591c2bcc68ab481436)

1075.	[doc]		marcin
	Changed Kea license from ISC to Mozilla Public License,
	v. 2.0.
	(Trac #4236, git a0574cdab4deb31e3244fc4e237753a1ad361d96)

1074.	[bug]		marcin
	PID files created by Kea processes are used in shell based
	tests to determine if the given process is running. This
	solves the problem whereby some unrelated processes could
	be reported as running Kea processes in those tests, causing
	the tests to fail.
	(Trac #4224, git 94edccc50cb374ec4db35f653b869c9f06d356ea)

1073.	[doc]		tomek
	Developer's Guide updated with client classification text
	and several clean-ups.
	(Trac #4102, git ac33ebf7428ba5935d3302d000bed317716fabfe)

1072.	[bug]		tmark
	The lease6 hardware address source value is now being properly populated.
	Prior to this the value stored with each IPv6 lease was always zero.
	(Trac #4247, git 27886dadcf9051dc622ee6fde586c27f3d431f8b)

1071.	[func]		tmark
	Assigned unique log message IDs to log messages issued from
	MySQL hosts storage operations, eliminating resuse of
	lease database message IDs.
	(Trac #4216, git f0e37cd6d45537971a730c68187011dce41217cc)

1070.	[doc]		sar
	Correct v6 classification examples to use client-id (1) instead
	of server-id (2).
	(Trac #4222, git 69dd98d03861d9de72c2ef75c17c8154b0c5088b)

Kea 1.0.0-beta2 released on December 22, 2015

1069.	[bug]		tomek
	Improved handling of incoming packets with invalid client-id
	and DUID.
	(Trac #4206, git 2c94f80e30abe53ae5b677762fc69e888c92e03f)

1068.	[func]		marcin
	Renamed log message compiler binary from 'message' to
	'kea-msg-compiler'.
	(Trac #4228, git bbeb5c776c39b9f4132f7f614720db75590ccef9)

Kea 1.0.0-beta released on December 8, 2015

1067.	[doc]		sar
	Remove description of option[xx].text operator from classification
	until its use becomes clearer.
	(Trac #4218, git 22fe2bf889984078cd86c2a230a038632d21432c)

1066.	[func]		tomek
	Configuration parameters for setting up external hosts storage
	are now implemented. This feature is considered experimental
	for DHCPv4 and currently not really usable for DHCPv6.
	(Trac #3569, git 8896c9c3f77a7836d67e6c33943ac4892b851213)

1065.	[func]		fdupont,tomek
	The DHCPv4 server now stores Relay Agent Information option as
	the last one.
	(trac #4121, git 2f883d4afb9b27c6c59d993692370685b206b6c2)

1064.	[doc]		tmark
	Added Kea logo to documentation.
	(trac #3702, git 7cae813ffe9a7320db5c84ac4beb1c3c0ecabbf7)

1063.	[func]		marcin
	It is possible to disable writing generated DHCPv6 server
	identifier in a persistent storage. This also fixes a
	failing distcheck.
	(trac #4211, git d8f39b7aff9312237d4b6d6de39a7336a25ead4c)

1062.	[func]		marcin
	libeval: options may be referenced by their names in
	expressions used for client classification.
	(Trac #4204 git 38aebe9566e09daa30796df686cfdd6d0c43fa4d)

1061.	[func]		kalmus
	MySqlHostDataSource class implementation. It provides methods
	for adding and extracting Host objects to and from MySQL database.
	(Trac #3682, git 275b40fb941a6934c6434715184ae1c39f3fb3f2)

1060.	[func]		stephen
	Incremented KEA_HOOKS_VERSION to 3 for Kea 1.0.
	(Trac #4208, git bf6f3d495604942a395b51bbe4c37001b7541242)

1059.	[func]		nicolas
	The client packet is now passed as a new parameter "query4"
	to the pkt4_send hook point. Thanks to Nicolas Chaigneau from
	Capgemini for providing this patch.
	(Github #8, git )

1058.	[func]		tomek
	Two new hook points lease4_recover and lease6_recover have been
	implemented. They are called when a declined IPv4 or IPv6 lease
	concludes its probation period and is being recovered into
	usable state.
	(Trac #3988, 3989, git 1930797c48fee7f4006a33cecd6f08b05ae76725)

1057.	[func]		marcin
	It is now possible to specify type and value of a DUID used
	as DHCPv6 server identifier.
	(trac #3874, git faf52b069cf774d0050d76b4f47b542b2b5105f2)

1056.	[doc]		sar
	Added description of the expression based classification
	system to the Kea Admin Guide.
	(Trac #4101, git 3ec88e0669470ab406c45d50d0f853f9aeb3bf04)

1055.	[func]		fdupont
	Classify match expressions are evaluated on incoming packets and
	requested options are appended when configured by the subnet, a
	class or globally.
	(Trac #4097, git 752ad11ff4ebe97ec27d098aff706d1999900346)

1054.	[func]		tmark
	Replaced underscores, "_", with hyphens "-", in the parameter
	names used in the kea-ddns server's configuration as well as
	those in the DDNS messages (NCRs) sent to the server. For
	example, "ip_address" is now "ip-address", "change_type" is
	now "change-type".  This makes JSON element naming consistent
	throughout Kea.
	(Trac #4202, git 91bf527662060d4b1e294cd53e79b431edf0e910)

1053.	[doc]		tomek
	Support for DHCPDECLINE (v4) and DECLINE (v6) messages is
	now described in the Kea User's Guide.
	(Trac #3990, git 6b0db91610420f3cce55d9f887d7c73660ece209)

1052.	[func]		marcin
	libeval: expressions involving options can now use textual or
	hexadecimal format of the options.
	(Trac #4093, git 4cdf0fff1067b3dde6570dc6831e8b1343bc50fe)

1051.	[func]		tmark
	kea-dhcp4 and kea-dhcp6 configuration parsing now supports
	the "client-classes" element for defining client classes.
	(Trac #4096, git d21fd6925983eb20f82029e3866652398ea5e5fe)

1050.	[doc]		tmark
	Corrected the descriptions of ncr-protocol and ncr-format parameters
	in the Kea Admin Guide.
	(Trac #4117, git 034c1c95b57768d5abbc7fb40cc57d7cadad21dd)

1049.	[build]		fdupont
	Add a new --enable-generate-parser configuration parameter
	(disabled by default) which makes flex and bison to regenerate
	parser files.
	(trac #4125, git 18321bf85f93b24d720f1ab2d90b4f4da85bc471)

1048.	[func]		fdupont,tomek
	Implement expression parser for client classification.
	(Trac #4088, git ac9eb312bfd1c6bf22a868ad789a0c049f33f637)

1047.	[func]*		stephen
	Change the way that hooks libraries are defined in the configuration
	file in preparation for allowing the specification of library-specific
	parameters in a future version of Kea.
	(Trac #3259, git b2986b0b0299e691b13123922129bdbf8575afdb)

1046.	[func]		tmark
	Upon startup Kea servers will now detect memfile lease files
	that need upgrading, and will launch in instance of the LFC
	to convert them to the most current memfile schema version.
	(Trac #3601, git ce4b0e42e8a01bbf3b58fdb1f505bbd6e2fad134)

1045.	[func]		tmark
	Added classes for storing client class definitions to libdhcpsrv.
	(Trac #4095, git 1039a942450e2a45a1e1aa9924cae4fdbd1541fe)

1044.	[build]		fdupont
	With the addition of a background thread for timeouts, ensure that
	the configuration and process spawning code are thread safe.
	(Trac #4060, git 4c130bd7c8d0eb97966e9821bab491bca5321b6c)

1043.	[func]		fdupont
	Implemented support for hex strings in client classification.
	(Trac #4091, git 406153af95404adb96296df09ec6033b484586e3)

1042.	[doc]		fdupont
	User Guide: parameters having default values may be omitted in the
	option definitions.
	(Trac #3927, git c7460e849258ec77cf1215a2baf840d98f1ab77b)

1041.	[func]		tomek
	A new library, libkea-eval has been added. It is not functional
	yet, but its purpose is to provide a generic expression
	evaluations that will be used in the upcoming client classification.
	(Trac #4081, git 28d818a26a5d128e8a51d62b68c0cc817e6e2415)

1040.	[func]		tmark
	When kea servers lose connectivity with MySQL or PostgreSQL backends
	they will log an error message and exit with an exit value of 255.
	(Trac #3780, git cf94e99698e1d8a1613026bda5e4fc9bb4a68d74)

1039.	[doc]		marcin
	Configuration parameters pertaining to processing expired
	leases by the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server have been documented.
	(Trac #3979, git a2ee99ba313e54a9dcf8a09ed118dbfe612e3d55)

1038.	[func]*		marcin
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers reclaim expired leases before they
	are re-assigned.
	(Trac #3977, git 5880e706cb27c19b1b70296ccd8d96e38e82027b)

1037.	[func]		fdupont
	Added a new 'leases-reclaim' command which reclaims expired leases
	immediately.
	(Trac #3978, git 9d5716e5bd6b151d90591f8497bae689321875c2)

1036.	[func]		tmark
	kea-admin now supports upgrading from Postgres schema version
	1.0 to 2.0.  Schema 2.0 includes support for lease expiration
	and reclamation.
	(Trac #3969, git 8fde70c1b63b5a2646688290b1d0cf53f4c964ad)

1035.	[doc]		fdupont
	Modified documentation of DHCP options to show internal format
	of records.
	(Trac #4071, git c5cffe74ac1bd38e4870ff1c22c36febb46e8c27))

1034.	[func]		fdupont
	Add support for DHCPv4 subnet selection option.
	(Trac #4058, git b7072884e8ce74dc64cd74e101d81e5c0763f492)

1033.	[bug]		stephen
	Updated OutputBuffer class to address warnings from Coverity.
	(Trac #3443, git 4bf0a14aa7a1303ed6959127c5354687e9f222ba)

1032.	[func]		marcin
	PostgreSQL lease database backend has been extended with new
	functions to obtain expired leases and to delete expired
	reclaimed leases.
	(Trac #3968, git 0bc02588d8553ba9a4fc749115a3e370407d7287)

1031.	[build]		fdupont
	Rewrote the system_messages tool from Python to C++.
	(Trac #3516, git a8195310c641027d1822344cafad64e6f695d614)

1030.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed failing 'reclaimExpiredLeasesTimeout' unit tests on
	some virtual machines.
	(Trac #4075, git c3a2487f53ecf69edc0a38f574fce17c4332162c)

1029.	[func]		tomek
	A new hook point lease6_decline has been added. It is called when
	the DHCPv6 server is about to decline a lease as a result of
	processing incoming DECLINE message.
	(Trac #3986, git b6e3f1bbe3595aeba769d627d571e2eeee38a397)

1028.	[func]		marcin
	Expired leases are processed periodically according to the
	server configuration.
	(Trac #3975, git 3bd8891c0b9cb7dc504fa69251610996775cefbf)

1027.	[func]		tomek
	Expired declined IPv6 leases can now be reclaimed (returned to the
	available pool) after probation	period elapses.
	(Trac #3985, git 9aadfa902d898ce1f52b773152a5b34519a9a9fe)

1026.	[doc]		stephen
	Added documentation for the kea-dhcp4.commands and
	kea-dhcp6.commands loggers.
	(Trac #3952, git 3eb5d3185683e05494c1d84ed7195627fce4b6c1)

1025.	[func]		tomek
	A new hook point lease4_decline has been added. It is called when
	the DHCPv4 server is about to decline a lease as a result of
	processing incoming DHCPDECLINE message.
	(Trac #3986, git 39bde93fe25e4aff52623d4df7fd55c64e0a9c21)

1024.	[func]*		tomek
	Boolean Skip flag in Hooks API has been replaced by enum status.
	This is backward incompatible change if you developed hook
	library that takes advantage of the skip flag. See Hooks
	Developer Guide for easy steps necessary for migration.
	(Trac #3499, git 99ca398d4d042a098b5c491368733220db8cdd08)

1023.	[func]		tmark
	kea-admin now supports upgrading from MySQL schema version 3.0
	to 4.0.  In addition, the lease6 data dump now contains the
	text label for lease_hwaddr_source column rather than its
	numeric value.
	(Trac #3967, git 2e13ac3b0b278faabe338b00ffee8259c13f5342)

1022.	[func]		fdupont
	Added support for the V4 link selection sub-option (RFC 3527).  If
	present in an incoming packet, the server will allocate an address
	in the subnet identified in the option. If this is impossible, no
	address will be allocated and the request refused.
	(Trac #4057, git 8c02cec5ec8e311a9d23fd582d8e9e8647667abb)

1021.	[bug]		stephen
	Added missing address parameter to ALLOC_ENGINE_V4_REQUEST_OUT_OF_POOL
	message.
	(Trac #3996, git 680233550747209a1707e8f920179479b980aa2a)

1020.	[func]		kalmus
	A general purpose base class for MySQL connection has been
	implemented.
	(Trac #3681, git 884d8bb4a55d3d7b1b8f3f01efb312bd8dec399b)

1019.	[func]		marcin
	Added new configuration parameters controlling processing of the
	expired leases in the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server.
	(Trac #3974, git c998d36c40cc46ffe9f888e615bbcfa0a311d40d)

1018.   [func]		sar
	Added support for several options for use by PXE.
	From RFC4578 (for DHCPv4) these are: 93 - client-system,
	94 - client-ndi, 97 - uuid-guid.
	From RFC5970 (for DHCPv6) these are: 59 - bootfile-url,
	60 - bootfile-param, 61 - client-arch-type, 62 - nii.
	(Trac #3576, git fdcc73afe7e26bd427817fd771567b1c44713b06)

1017.	[func]		tmark
	Lease dump SQL logic, used by kea-admin, is now supplied via stored
	procedures rather than external text files.  Files of the form
	lease_dump_<version>.sh will no longer be installed under
	<prefix>/share/kea/scripts.
	(Trac #3916, git 09cdd86a5e284250d7657a93a36df2e2705947d2)

1016.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed problems when --enable-static-link is specified as a
	"configure" option. With this switch present, all Kea
	executables (servers, tools, unit tests, etc) are linked
	to the static (vs. shared) version of Kea libraries.
	However, note that they can still be linked to dynamic
	system libraries.
	(Trac #4004, git 760a343efbd241f5ed333cfff088124378f69115)

1015.	[func]		tomek
	Expired declined leases can now be reclaimed (returned to the
	available pool) after probation	period elapses.
	(Trac #3984, #3976, git 32a8ec68e0e5ea93991915812158d7628d2b4709)

1014.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented lease4_expire and lease6_expire hooks in libdhcpsrv.
	(Trac #3972, git 8a8547aec1caf2a8d1c7ca206f68534f3c03f1d9)

1013.	[func]		marcin
	New mechanism for scheduling lease file cleanup is used in the
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers.
	(Trac #3971, git 431d515fc3d64aa82369c8eaf48d03339f12dc69)

1012.	[bug]		stephen
	Replace #include of message_dictionary.h in message_initializer.h
	with a declaration of the MessageDictionary class, avoiding the need
	to include message_dictionary.h in the set of header files installed.
	(Trac #4046, git 9f1801b4326f62632a7c9f0aa939d58f120c10e8)

1011.	[func]		fdupont
	Added definitions and tests for the options from secure DHCPv6.
	This protocol is still experimental. The option and other protocol
	codes are for testing, they will be updated when IANA assigns
	official values.
	(Trac #4015, git 95f8c0d0af45807c1f303b9bbbb08f82b3bfc343)

1010.	[bug]		tmark
	Fixed test failures occurring for some tests after
	IfaceMgr::closeSockets was called.
	(Trac #4067, git 9161867dc6a354659ae8b5115ee437ec76c1771e)

1009.	[bug]		fdupont
	Now libutil blocks all signals when creating a new thread
	(so signals are delivered only to the main thread).
	(Trac #4065, git a4a8e422e613e4378f0a0641e4c480b73d67ebeb)

1008.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed the included header-only ASIO code.  Kea is now built
	against the installed copy of Boost.  The build by default
	attempts to use the header-only error code (ASIO dependency), but
	may also use the version in the boost system library.  The
	location of this library can be specified.
	(Trac #4009, git 8c293bc0d1804a512964621f114e64fcba0abcb9)

1007.	[func]		tomek
	DECLINE message in DHCPv6 is now supported. The server is able
	to receive it, check its correctness and move the lease to
	DECLINED state. Currently there is no way to recover the lease
	before 'decline-probation-period' time.
	(Trac #3982, git 11e2c4366d8624601172c01e95cff6a8b95833b3)

1006.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed issues with threads concurrency in the TimerMgr.
	(Trac #4047, git 48297af6e0443808a482536b61436a42bc6a5b38)

1005.	[func]		tomek
	DHCPDECLINE message in DHCPv4 is now supported. The server is able
	to receive it, check its correctness and move the lease to
	DECLINED state. Currently there is no way to recover the lease
	before 'decline-probation-period' time.
	(Trac #3981, git c14a63c0d3a56ea3e880e874f854adc0077de75e)

1004.	[bug]		fdupont
	Incoming Confirm, Rebind and Information-Request messages are
	now more thoroughly checked against presence of client-id
	and server-id options.
	(Trac #3773, git fd2889b9de45e2822b6713663bee06b75259c6dc)

1003.	[build]		fdupont
	Updated Makefiles to ensure that all required dynamic libraries
	are included in the link command line as some systems are unable
	handle implied library dependencies.
	(Trac #3911, git 4d13f5234da33df03c0989829a0e1c1056e53a4e)

1002.	[func]		marcin
	MySQL lease database backend has been extended with new
	functions to obtain expired leases and to delete expired
	reclaimed leases.
	(Trac #3966, git 419832a6279c70b5db04b1cab10737e31f2c99f9)

1001.	[build]		fdupont
	Fixed critical C++ issues in the Kea code. This does not cover
	auto_ptr warnings (just ignore them) or the gtest 1.7.0 bug with
	EXPECT_TRUE() and ASSERT_TRUE() macros (we recommend to download
	last subversion sources at http://googletest.googlecode.com/svn/trunk
	and use the --with-gtest-source configuration argument when
	you'd like to build unit tests).
	(Trac #4024, git 55afd98fead0c16bb81107dfc1a5f49a5e295aa6)

1000.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented Timer Manager which holds the pool of interval
	timers used by the DHCP servers.
	(Trac #3970, git bc8503055338da36d07a2b67c64087f645c9a9e3)

999.	[func]*		tmark
	The DHCPv4 server will now honor DHCPRELEASEs for leased addresses
	which cannot be matched to subnet.  This allows leases to be
	released after configuration changes have eliminated their subnet.
	Prior to this the server would reject the release and emit a
	DHCP4_RELEASE_FAIL_NO_SUBNET log message.
	(Trac #2615, git eeebf9f68cf5be6a0f7eefc78832d664361c4990)

998.	[func]		tomek
	'decline-probation-period' parameter has been added to DHCPv4
	and DHCPv6 configuration. It can be configured, but is not yet
	used, as the DECLINE message support is still pending implementation.
	(Trac #3983, git 6b10d119c89685476335f268181c9982f6fa6161)

997.	[build]		jreed
	Removed obsolete Python coverage build options.
	(Trac #3483, git a08cbbecbd3b11d0b73f68a40986a353b22ed3be)

996.	[func]		marcin
	Memfile lease database backend has been extended with new
	functions to obtain expired leases and to delete expired
	reclaimed leases.
	(Trac #3965, git dd5b95453528416f22e961e6ebb3051bc2ae788c)

995.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed additional files left over from BIND 10 (headers,
	src/lib/{asiodns,testutils,asiolink}).
	(Trac #40{28,29,31}, git 78ff0fb0a97731a8b3c055b1cbb4faebcd115f7c)

994.	[func]*		marcin
	DHCPv6 server fully supports RFC 7550.
	(Trac #3947, git c06ab97a4e068c4b4b11f4685c56dd402b2385dc)

993.	[bug]		fdupont
	The logging spec file was searched in the build tree when it
	was in the source tree so distcheck (where they differ) failed.
	(Trac #4026, git 5eb213647d7ac0a707530d57af2c6dbd725ac1b3)

992.	[func]		fdupont
	A 'flush' parameter has been added to logging configuration. It is
	now possible to disable automatic immediate flushing to achieve
	better logging performance.
	(Trac #3752, git 16c4c2b6d95c45864ec3e2b27e0d320e386b2c0b)

991.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed partial function template ordering macros to allow Kea to
	build with Boost 1.59 and later.  Also removed some
	compiler-dependent code.
	(Trac #4006, git e06934f211436eea37439128ff6f388709f01101)

990.	[bug]		tomek
	Improved child process signal handling. Improved number of
	exception handling routines in DHCPv4 and DHCPv6.
	(Trac #4000, git bf5e48f2cf80b5263cc89f445795bc8c5b8f011d)

Kea 0.9.2 released on July 28, 2015

989.	[bug]		tmark
	Fixed a bug in both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers that could cause
	them to crash during sever shutdown when DNS updates are enabled.
	(Trac #3997, git ce91bdd78f420f64324c573a952ec804bc25e0d8)

988.	[bug]		fdupont
	keactrl no longer returns an error when the "status" command is
	issued and the Kea configuration file doesn't exist.
	(Trac #3785, git a27d72ef3cb7640a41dca26c8728a9cbd9ad1ca9)

987.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed textual representation of the options containing an array
	of 1 byte long unsigned numbers.
	(Trac #3959, git 9045fd9d6d282184cce10a622c0108abab029d5b)

986.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed the failing lease allocation from the large address and
	prefix pools.
	(Trac #3958, git c86b6a68725e2f57679598ff4890fc82f4482c20)

985.	[bug]		marcin
	Eliminated extraneous debug-level DHCP6_RESPONSE_DATA entry from the
	DHCPv6 server log output.  Prior to this the server was logging
	each response twice.
	(Trac #3949, git 023973cbce44e5fb92a2bc45e69f2786d5152091)

984.	[bug]		tmark
	Replaced used of "kill -0" with "ps -p" in keactrl when
	checking of servers are alive.  This makes it possible for
	non-root users to use keactrl to monitor server status.
	(Trac #3954, git f7f22b244343a3dc2d06645a47c2c65a5134326e)

983.	[bug]		fdupont
	Enforce numeric month values in Posix date printing.
	(Trac #3944, git fdbe74b0235055057a37c6ce2b0aaf88f0cc7891)

982.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed the typo in the name of the D2 logger.
	(Trac #3951, git 92305b2a1774df1cf1bdfeb93d787fea0ab27f74)

981.	[bug]		tmark
	keactrl now uses PID files to identify and control server instances.
	Prior to this it relied on the system command, "ps", which could lead
	to it misinterpreting which processes are or are not running.
	(Trac #3939, git 93a720ed7ffdffe66bd835cd64f78e4ad601637a)

980.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated Developer's Guide.
	(Trac #3484, git 220c337c31a592311363eca981c7f1578abbe15d)

979.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed two cases of public variables in a base class being
	hidden by variables in a derived class.
	(Trac #3920, git bd42a66fb67aab3fe397523c6fdbf14a939587c8)

978.	[func]		tmark
	DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and DHCP_DDNS now all create PID files upon
	startup.  The PID file pathname is formed from:
		<localstatedir>/<conf name>.<binary-name>.pid
	If a server's PID file exists and contains the PID of a
	live process, it will emit a log message and exit.
	(Trac #3769, git cdce632add025aaadbcdc89078f5bd3e19cfb5ca)

977.	[doc]		tomek
	Frequently Asked Questions section added to the Kea User's Guide.
	(Trac #3873, #3847, git 95683c9d3c3dd7024269df1904b6cbe5817741a2)

976.	[build]		tomek
	Included missing Doxygen documentation images in the tarball.
	(Trac #3928, git 2fb63a18897b93b12a5fc4635d4ac29e0bf82841)

975.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated the list of standard DHCPv4 options in the User's Guide
	with the information of whether they are returned by the server
	even when they are not requested.
	(Trac #3578, git b361b28ce53729a5f2d59f79670a36cf1a4a0352)

974.	[bug]*		marcin
	Corrected invalid format of the DHCPv4 option 5 (name-servers).
	The corrected format comprises a list of IPv4 addresses,
	rather than a single IPv4 address.
	(Trac #3887, git 54d1dbe6138e74c5efacfbaf85b77c87aea9ddf1)

973.	[doc]		marcin
	Added new section to the User's Guide to describe the issues
	with unicast responses to the DHCPINFORM messages when ARP
	traffic is blocked.
	(Trac #3740, git 22bcb060ceca544dfa1779815321155668bf19dc)

972.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated sections of User's Guide concerning creation of
	the option definitions and Vendor Specific Information
	options for both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6.
	(Trac #3846, git 6aebe0867ca9cf6fb09a289d80051125db7fa34b)

971.	[func]          fdupont
	Changed all occurrences of unlink() to the more portable remove()
	to avoid problems on operating systems where the former is not
	available.
	(Trac #3841, git 3752529ed3d72137f6899ef8225a0b231db5b1f0)

970.	[bug]		fdupont
	Refactored some code to suppress cppcheck warnings.
	(Trac #3919, git 26be6ac4cefde012ca8ef12607b6beaadca13eed)

Kea 0.9.2-beta released on June 30, 2015

969.	[func]		tomek
	KEA_SOCKET_TEST_DIR environment variable can be used to specify
	the directory for opening Unix sockets during tests. That may
	be used to avoid path length limitations when running unit-tests
	in deeply nested directories.
	(Trac #3918, git 9cfd502e8d4605eaf34f8744f90272dc3e8a3e34)

968.	[bug]           marcin
	DHCPv6 server extends the lifetime of the client's lease
	in the database when the client sends the Request message.
	This prevents premature lease expiration before the client
	renews the lease, according to the timers and lifetimes
	returned by the server.
	(Trac #3913, git 1d64829a3f1a8288dc833ed388d9ffc9fe4cf491)

967.	[doc]		tomek
	Management API section added in the DHCPv6 chapter of the Kea
	User's Guide
	(Trac #3917, git 21305d2da26090e3fad1ff9fb242a2bbb6b7e56b)

966.	[func]		fdupont
	Include database software details in extended version information.
	(Trac #3882, git b0e166c4d8b0383ebd6e2f51d55eed68a2bcafa8)

965.	[func]		sar
	Per IPv6 subnet statistics (subnet[id].assigned-nas,
	subnet[id].total-nas, subnet[id].assigned-pds, and
	subnet[id].total-pds) has been implemented.
	(Trac #3799, git 4aa4808268bbc54290578f60ba60ed33cf344712)

964.	[doc]		tomek
	User's Guide and Developer's Guide updated with statistics and
	control channel description.
	(Trac #3800, git 7ce8ca560370ec5f9bd4d5199a177b441f08a47e)

963.    [func]		tmark
	DHCPv6 server now supports a control channel, implemented over
	a UNIX socket. Currently supported commands are: statistic-get,
	statistic-reset, statistic-remove, statistic-get-all,
	statistic-reset-all, statistic-remove-all, and shutdown.
	(Trac #3797, git f49828612d9030c9f3441acaf4b3a9f60b492a3e)

962.	[func]		fdupont
	Make the parsing of options and vendor options more consistent
	between v4 and v6. In addition make the parsing more robust
	against malformed packets.
	(Trac #3618, git f4066793c5e034386c689fd72d2a91a70ffb6d5f)

961.	[func]		fdupont
	Improved error messages when handling invalid or malformed
	configuration file. File and line number are printed, when
	available.
	(Trac #3697, git 70fc36e164e988c251bdaaee7e27c5f6407e0f4c)

960.	[build]		fdupont
	Get rid of the last bundy pieces of code.
	(Trac #3732, git 6b7da42f902fabb6855e54a19ea472c18ba82a93)

959.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed no longer used logging in cc and config libraries.
	(Trac #3732, git 8d0324f4786900db953489ebaa9e018b1238543f)

958.	[func]		tomek
	DHCPv4 server now supports control channel, implemented over UNIX
	socket. Currently supported commands are: statistic-get,
	statistic-reset, statistic-remove, statistic-get-all,
	statistic-reset-all, statistic-remove-all, shutdown.
	(Trac #3880, git 688658395518f0b97d5384af81ceab5206691ad5)

957.	[func]		tomek
	Per IPv4 subnet statistics (subnet[id].assigned-addresses and
	subnet[id].total-addresses) has been implemented.
	(Trac #3798, git bab2030f56bbf390959f9f9238a8acc62d583c70)

956.	[func]		marcin
	Improved log messages emitted by the allocation engine,
	which now uses a dedicated logger.
	(Trac #3852, git 923928774f4f59c887d768cf155b5978e838a6f2)

955.	[func]		tmark
	Added unit tests to kea-admin for testing the lease-dump command
	with a PostgreSQL backend. Updated PostgreSQL database installation
	instructions in Kea Administrator's guide to include use of kea-admin
	tool.
	(Trac #3884, git 0772b7df2a89e1019141be1d0ddec30d53c4b919)

954.	[func]		fdupont
	Enhance the versioning information printed by the executables and
	make it more consistent across all of the executables. "-v" is for
	basic Kea version information, "-V" provides more detailed
	versioning and versions for external dynamic libraries, finally
	"-W" provides the configure report from the configuration step
	during the build of Kea.
	(Trac #3513, git 584cf666e101c6cb5c9af76175ddd867ece85764)
	(Trac #3859, git 384e6c6225de18fc97d606e4a1972baeef598ba4)

953.	[bug]		fdupont
	Corrected the setting of string characters to values above 127
	in HMAC tests.
	(Trac #3829, git 54f4ec64e513fea1547631122dc1af8579fae3db)

952.	[bug]		fdupont
	Made some loop indexes an unsigned type to avoid compiler warnings
	where the termination condition is comparison with an unsigned
	value.
	(Trac #3833, git 3db9f1d78f59856b982a1ff84c3b5a1ba7ea39df)

951.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed BUNDY configuration backend.
	(Trac #3732, git 96364cbbb15318c8f55d5b287cda0990d3eaae32)

950.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated section about logging in the User Guide. Also,
	updated Hooks Developer's Guide with the recommendations for
	the developers about use of logging in hooks libraries.
	(Trac #3805, git b403de1f335a2fb5098c9abc0858b8137892f868)

949.	[func]		tmark
	kea-admin now supports dumping MySQL and PostgreSQL lease tables
	to CSV file, via a new command "lease-dump".  This is primarily
	intended for use as a diagnostic tool.
	(Trac #3802, git 6ec774e8523e7f8415d6cd18c34062489e127847)

948.	[bug]		fdupont
	libdhcpsrv: check if new host reservation tries to use an already
	reserved address.
	(Trac #3652, git 4f10b78341b197bd321fbf2ec71db7420e40718d)

947.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server now supports Rapid Commit option.
	(Trac #3070, git a6b6156aaa95ab74c69a537e90483f82e9fbe4a2)

946.	[doc]		tmark
	Added doucmentation for kea-admin "lease-dump" command to the
	Kea Admininstrator's Guide and kea-admin man page.
	(Trac #3803, git 54b59b7ef02f6428405794066ea779e9bd4c0b6e)

945.	[func]		marcin
	Improved log messages emitted by the DHCPv6 server. Also,
	the server is now using multiple distinct loggers for logging
	messages pertaining to different functional parts of the
	code, e.g. packet transmission, lease allocation, DDNS etc.
	(Trac #3807, git c95ebdaf39c3d8d78d83d53db15824c60078f566)

944.    [func]      tmark
	kea-admin commands lease-init, lease-version, and lease-upgrade
	now support PostgreSQL. Note that at this time the PostgreSQL
	backend only supports Kea schema version 1.0, so there are no
	upgrades available.
	(Trac #3883, git 990a0d72fa247e4a12e2608994204c48274e4cd6)

943.	[func]		sar
	Split the DHCP-DDNS logging messages amongst several loggers to
	allow the administrator finer control over debugging messages.
	Messages pertaining to the name change requests processing include
	an ID, currently the DHCID, to identify the transactions.
	(Trac #3808, git 4fbe08234049de6ef67bb5cdb244d180a7a4c3a9)

942.	[func]		tomek
	18 new statistics added in DHCPv4 server: generic packet counters,
	per packet type counters, parsing failure and packet drops.
	(Trac #3794, git a61f40c44910a09699a9a566a5ec35ab758564ba)

941.	[bug]		marcin
	Configuration parser for host reservations returns an error
	when an unsupported parameter is specified.
	(Trac 3810, git 54ee0f6328a303c366dd8239e768dfc4a23a5d9b)

940.	[bug]		fdupont
	DHCPv4 server drops DHCPRELEASE messages sent from a bad
	location (i.e., no subnet can be selected)
	(Trac 3504, git f0f13ac74779f76ed7af91bd5dab3d11ba00be79)

939.	[bug]		fdupont
	Small fix in HooksDhcpv4SrvTest.subnet4SelectSimple unit-test.
	(Trac 3881, git a21afdffec41fceb61e6760d4108d670b2eabe75)

938.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed Python from the log library (code, message compiler and
	documentation)
	(Trac #3734, git d24b7c9716c6eb7a3e9dd2cb3fd2d1bfe4e1201f)

937.	[bug]		fdupont
	The log ID LOG_UNRECOGNISED_DIRECTIVE was changed to
	LOG_UNRECOGNIZED_DIRECTIVE to follow US English spelling.
	(Trac #3762, git 235e3304746352e9341008225f9f2392586a9f66)

936.	[bug]		fdupont
	Added an ASSERT to avoid a crash in HooksDhcpv4SrvTest
	subnet4SelectSimple unit test. Fixed out of bounds vector accesses
	in perfdhcp (which should not be able to handle links
	with long (i.e., more than 6 bytes) link-layer addresses).
	(Trac #3868, git c20f47e19d6060605c0611754db7b66b08553caa)

935.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed 3 out of bounds accesses on vectors in DHCP++ code.
	(Trac #3854, git de263ad0008f3494a85592f78db1ec662b68e689)

934.	[bug]		fdupont
	Renamed the DHCP-DDNS constant INVALID_SOCKET to SOCKET_NOT_VALID
	to avoid conflicting with a constant of that name defined on some
	operating systems.
	(Trac #3861, git 28205225ceed03ff3126e43cd06cedbaa7d8d657)

933.	[func]*		marcin
	DHCPv4 server by default identifies a client using the
	client-identifier, if present. The new configuration
	parameter 'match-client-id' allows for disabling this
	behavior, i.e. 'chaddr' field is used to identify the
	client instead.
	(Trac #3747, git b9dc6ffd0f3396e9da8e0c83fd82164b8b8af011)

932.	[func]		kalmus
	MySQL schema has been extended with tables that can store
	host reservation. This ticket updates database schema only,
	the tables are not in use yet.
	(Trac #3567, git d2cd5d53b3f31422a342c9bb8946dad9ed1ea032)

931.	[func]		marcin
	Improved log messages emitted by the DHCPv4 server. Also,
	the server is now using multiple distinct loggers for logging
	messages pertaining to different functional parts of the
	code, e.g. packet transmission, lease allocation, DDNS etc.
	For complete list of logger names see User Guide.
	(Trac #3806, git 7b148c2dd5e2696a541883223ce1efd2de81f143)

930.	[func]		tomek
	Statistics Manager is now implemented. There is a new library
	libkea-stats that governs statistics collection. Its usage will
	be added in the upcoming tickets.
	(Trac #3793, git 68e9554ecabfc2a79731eeec1c706522e4d39332)

929.	[build]		fdupont
	Corrected problem in build system whereby specifying an
	installation directory on the "configure" command line that
	included a "+" in the name caused the build to fail.
	(Trac #3713, git 741ff09b743307bad28ae13db440e5e0f402d319)

928.	[build]		fdupont
	A CONFIG_H_WAS_INCLUDED define has been added to provide
	a way in source files to check whether config.h has been included.
	(Trac #3812, git cbb135d5f217b0692dcdbc9cfcc04f6a0dbc3922)

927.	[bug]		tmark
	DHCPv4 no longer attempts to update the lease database with the
	generated FQDN when processing DHCPDISCOVERs.
	(Trac #3779, git 0b413ee8aba1afa1643b216a1e8c35103c6c975b)

926.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed the crash during the logging deinitialization.
	(Trac #3823, git 435b958860ec7b921645bd5923fff96ea4341f19)

925.	[func]		marcin
	libkea-hooks logs when the callouts execution begins or ends
	for the particular hook. It also logs the execution time of
	individual callouts and the total time for all callouts.
	(Trac #3804 git dd1432d7807e7d3b54c87dd4b3155d3110619fbd)

924.	[bug]		marcin
	Removed shell warning about the "missing format character"
	in the keactrl usage.
	(Trac #3784, git aa683395a4cd75af5340eb8603fe46b7b0dd8f4e)

923.	[func]		tmark
	The DHCPv4 server now logs packets it has either dropped as invalid
	or to which it has replied with a NAK to a separate logger,
	"kea_dhcp4.bad_packet".
	(Trac #3743, git cb91ca851099423e1b6c39cca3f3e2ba29795a51)

922.	[build]		fdupont
	The config.h file should never be included by another include file.
	Copy missing header files to the install directory.
	(Trac #3782, git ea6e9d166faa54b1f9781bc56d7d8fee6c87b1f9)

921.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Added log traces to the host manager.
	(Trac #3699, git 75b75c89db88eb1a81e76f5550f2a5b3155ce42d)

920.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected issues with logging initialization in hooks
	libraries. The dynamically loaded hooks libraries may now
	define their own loggers which are configurable using Kea
	configuration file.
	(Trac #3198, git 8216a6b1a2ed6e2b38919280809ee21fc4107fd6)

Kea 0.9.1 released on March 31, 2015

919.	[doc]		stephen
	Corrected some configuration examples in the documentation.
	(Trac #3772, git e9f084525bc1eec1cca635c00f33228bf7fac6a4)

918.	[func]		tomek,tmark
	DHCPv6 server now supports static reservations of hostnames
	for clients.  Note this resolves #3708 by reducing the number
	of calls to selectSubnet to once per client request.
	(Trac #3689, git c13c824d9948f7e3f71a65ed43798f3b5c14042c)

917.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server may allocate lease for the client which is
	using a non-unique identifier (HW address or client id),
	if the other identifier is unique.
	(Trac #3768, git 0f7a029e2a2a7652d49a0bcd9f49e879fac9136f)

916.	[func]		sar
	Add a log message that indicates when the v4, v6 or
	DHCP-DDNS server has completed processing its
	configuration and is about to enter the loop to process
	messages.
	(Trac #3755, git c71c7836804842bae51fe79fd599c57f5b3d007d)

915.	[func]		tomek, marcin
	The DHCPv6 server now supports the Relay-Supplied Options
	option,	as defined in RFC 6422. The relay can insert options
	in the relay forward message that the server will send back
	to the client if certain criteria are met.
	(Trac #3705, git 4772ee589712f5359ecbd79ebf71fbc7bb68741b)

914.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server: corrected the logging message issued when
	the server could not allocate or offer the lease for the
	client. The corrected message contains the client-id,
	hardware address, ciaddr and requested-ip-address.
	(Trac #3737, git 4c56e1348c5d50eaa5b3083a0a8c346966e1b603)

913.	[bug]		sar
	Handle recovery properly should the LFC crash while
	manipulating files after completing processing.
	(Trac #3759, git bb3b4d14119392261a1766da2b406fa46d4c0f21)

912.	[doc]		sar
	Added sections on LFC to the administrators and developers
	guides.
	(Trac #3720, git 828b801e6a4616de331588076ab9c4c35677595)

911.	[func]*		marcin
	libdhcp++: the C++ objects representing network interfaces
	(Iface objects) are now non-copyable. As a result, the API
	of the Interface Manager functions returning the pointers
	to the Iface objects has changed.
	(Trac #3715, git 7415c74e38e13385a75e7200cb23b7d6ca86df7f)

910.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server supports static reservations of the hostnames
	for the clients.
	(Trac #3688, git b5c50e2aff64da05b439da8d5fa4913fc8a704ca)

909.	[bug]		marcin
	Removed many cppcheck errors in the code. Also removed the
	dhcp-ubench test tool.
	(Trac #3736, git 552aea126e968b78292ae80c1c6a03c9ef4dcdcd)

908.	[bug]		marcin
	Handle overflows during time conversions in the MySQL and
	PostgreSQL lease database backends.
	(Trac #3673, git 27b4e4590fdee507f0e877d7b771dc6c6457a4b5)

907.	[doc]		tmark
	Corrected depictions of kea-admin command line options for
	database-name in Kea Administrator Reference. Prior to this
	the document showed "-d" as the database name option, when
	in fact it is "-n".
	(Trac #3742, git ec427e4c9d008abc800f87eda3c0024b35e4c2e2)

906.	[doc]		tmark
	Added description of a restriction on extracting a MAC
	address from an IPv6 link-local address to the Kea
	Administrator Reference, section 8.8, item "ipv6-link-local".
	(Trac #3691, git ca9f5541cb36f815ac614c5c21088d545eafcac6)

905.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server assigns an address from the dynamic address
	pool if the reserved address is in use by another client.
	(Trac #3694, git 95b09ff53b941691cba172c933de0682b05a0d85)

904.	[bug]		marcin
	FreeBSD-only change: Disabled unit test expecting the death
	of the process when conditional variable was destroyed when
	the thread was still waiting for the variable. This is due
	invalid behavior of the pthread_cond_destroy on FreeBSD
	which should return EBUSY in such case, whereas it returns
	success error code.
	(Trac #3710, git bdb442402ef023055715baf597c401c9974a7fb2)

903.	[bug]		stephen
	Corrected arithmetical error in the rate control module of
	perfdhcp which led to the incorrect calculation of the rate
	at which packets should be sent.
	(Trac #3729, git bb5bca3d9b68abc4b83abdd204bfb075dda630ac)

902.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed the bug in the DHCPv4 server whereby the server
	reconfiguration (using the SIGHUP signal) failed because
	of sockets remaining open since the previous configuration.
	(Trac #3730, git 3ceb0cd97cf5e44e8fc151d0a38db553530dd3ed)

Kea 0.9.1beta released on February 18, 2015

901.	[bug]		tomek
	Previously, the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers gave up after
	100 failed lease selection attempts. Now both DHCPv4 and
	DHCPv6 servers calculate the number of attempts required
	to find a lease using the pool capacity.
	(Trac #3711, git cb5533a1bf1023faf61c1b8ade6ac8fa425f46c2)

900.	[doc]		marcin
	Documented configuration of the Lease File Cleanup (LFC) in
	the Kea Administrator Reference.
	(Trac #3672, git da3c676f009785204f9d84ca008890959bffcc18)

899.	[func]		tomek
	reservation-mode parameter has been added to DHCPv6 server.
	It controls what host reservation types are allowed and may
	improve performance in certain situations. It is also
	accepted in the DHCPv4 configuration, but currently not
	used.
	(Trac #3565, git cfbe13ad05aac23e09357fc78507cf9a82c908e6)

898.	[func]		marcin
	The DHCPv4 server configuration allows for opening multiple
	sockets on a single interface with multiple IPv4 addresses
	assigned. This facilitates the use case when different relay
	agents send messages to different addresses on the interface.
	(Trac #3695, git 3116243706a2dbcae3f9b5b3af9d2241a07b9ab2)

897.	[bug]		fdupont
	Removed a double free of the read_buffer_ field of Iface
	objects after (spurious) copy (partial as copies are not
	yet fixed).
	(Trac #3712, git 0b38ff6a6e77eb4182bfd7c0c681bef22ad5f634)

896.	[bug]		fdupont
	Removed exit() in D2 for version command line processing.
	This interfered with how the unit-tests were run.
	(Trac #3616, git 758a61e277675e89d857a22c3f8e844de307dca6)

895.	[doc]		tomek
	Host reservation for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 is now documented.
	(Trac #3575, git a981e42eb0f39d27795364a6862b3a5e574e540a)

894.	[bug]		fdupont
	Accept empty options or sub options in DHCPv4 messages unpacking
	routines.
	(Trac #3661, git 42a4854208ec16834c590a9316b9a5306c60a3bb)

893.	[func,bug]	fdupont
	Changed the qualifying-suffix parameter in the dhcp-ddns
	configuration element to be mandatory with no default value when
	updates are enabled (i.e., the enable-updates mandatory parameter
	is true).
	(Trac #3632, git 12808651448837c611e4f6a262f7a1eb3deaf8da)

892.	[func]		sar
	A class, LeaseFileStats, has been added to provide simple
	statistics for use with lease files.  Also added logging
	to the kea-lfc process per the design.
	See http://kea.isc.org/wiki/LFCDesign for the design.
	(Trac #3667, git 7f36e034fe79d85f317d7d07e2fe636d6cdf1f6e)

891.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcpsrv: Allocation Engine now uses statically assigned
	addresses when processing DHCPv6 renewals.
	(Trac #3677, git 9ce50790c91624937ff2b622e4afff36d5d3cc2d)

890.	[func]		marcin
	It is now possible to specify whether the DHCPv4 server
	should use raw sockets or IP/UDP datagram sockets to
	receive and send DHCP messages. The configuration format
	has been changed for the selection of interfaces on which
	the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers should listen. The
	configuration files using an old format are incompatible
	with the latest version of Kea.
	(Trac #3604, git c726bbc4eae0f576f6791c7490bfba8c30a401d9)

889.	[bug]		marcin
	Resolved a bug in the DHCPv4 allocation engine whereby the
	client could request and obtain an address reserved for
	another client.
	(Trac #3690, git 1afa4e24b0fcdd6d3a2e596663ce1102ffe2340d)

888.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers launch the kea-lfc program, according
	to the value of lfc-interval configuration parameter for the
	Memfile lease database backend.
	(Trac #3669, git c92665ce05d71e9e5cad9a0679018e9e3f7e3be5)

887.	[func]		sar
	A new process, kea-lfc, has been added. It is meant to
	be periodically executed by the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers
	to remove redundant information from the lease files.
	See http://kea.isc.org/wiki/LFCDesign for the design.
	(Trac #3664, git cc85938b35e2d4bd00ccb74f1b83d3017ab0e41b)
	(Trac #3665, git b1707981f48b13895b50bf27176dede866576292)
	(Trac #3687, git 1e92382aaa2fbff08bbf1d6bbf0add195a7b6fae)

886.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcpsrv: Allocation Engine now uses statically assigned
	addresses when it allocates leases for the DHCPv6 clients.
	(Trac #3563, git b86b24fd011c0617515d62b7091d56fdfd1a7360)

885.	[func]		tomek
	Information-Request (stateless mode) in DHCPv6 is now supported.
	(Trac #2949, git 3185d229c39ed4660e9bc98a7f4a9d0dfbe64a04)

884.	[func]		marcin
	The DHCPv6 server configuration now allows for defining a pool
	for prefix delegation in which prefixes do not match a
	subnet prefix.
	(Trac #3647, git 5455d96cbf773e678bd6b1c3e31bfdeb617e6c13)

883.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Prevent infinite loops in the allocation engine,
	when the address pool becomes exhausted.
	(Trac #3692, git f1e464558c89a6dc88ab28a25dd14a65fee62578)

882.	[func]		sar
	A utility class has been added which handles writing and
	deleting pid files as well as checking if the process with
	the given pid is running.
	(Trac #3687, git 1e92382aaa2fbff08bbf1d6bbf0add195a7b6fae)

881.	[func]		kalmus
	Extracting hardware/MAC address from the DHCPv6 remote-id
	option is now implemented.
	(Trac #3552, git 6db5fc158133b3f308c43f1fe2fa54a6f89baae1)

880.	[doc]		tomek
	kea-admin is now described in Kea User's Guide.
	(Trac #3644, git fa83c48826e41663d93e56ec7fd6983e9b0b2cd1)

879.	[bug]		fdupont
	Drop DHCPREQUEST message from an unknown client in the
	INIT-REBOOT state.
	(Trac #3656, git 8e205adc35d8e72d1802d5ee9056e6c4ac78274a)

878.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server now support the lfc-interval
	parameter which configures the interval in which the
	Memfile lease database backend executes the Lease File
	Cleanup (LFC). Note: the LFC is currently no-op and will
	be implemented shortly.
	(Trac #3668, git 2ce54eeb607d2caa0901125b5d86a373e9e3f165)

877.	[func]           marcin
	DHCPv4 server drops unicast packets sent to the IPv4 address
	on which the server is not configured to listen.
	(Trac #3547, git 803f1f0f145b0f252ffc3637f758a47e0061de85)

876.	[func]          tomek
	Two new MAC acquisition methods implemented for DHCPv6:
	docsis-modem (which extracts MAC address from an option inserted
	by a cable modem) and docsis-ctms (which extracts MAC address from
	an option inserted by CMTS which acts as a DHCPv6 relay agent).
	(Trac #3553, git ad0a3772774bc5f9831a5ba16725a5a22887b8cb)

875.    [bug]           afidalgo, marcin
	The DHCPv4 server no longer appends the trailing dot to the
	hostnames sent to the clients in the Hostname option (12).
	Appending trailing dot confused some DHCPv4 clients.
	Credits to Alexis Fidalgo for submitting a patch.
	(Trac #3636, git 450867e6987f4c786ad6c2cc95cabcff601c1b48)

874.    [func]           marcin
	Changes to the Memfile lease database backend to load
	leases from multiple files during startup or server
	reconfiguration. This change is required by the Lease File
	Cleanup feature, which leads to the creation of additional
	files holding cleaned up lease information.
	(Trac #3671, git 667de2ef9044e97c76b15cacc7285132cdffdfcf)

873.    [bug]           wlodek
	Removed references to non-existing pgsql_test.sh script
	from Makefile.
	(Trac #3662, git ab69f38dd82cf3c3736588e03c1dc568de3ae6d6)

872.    [func]          wlodek
	Check for required header file errcode.h for PostgreSQL
	backend added to configure process.
	(Trac #3663, git d666dd9263ba1aaf88bec5b8e5ae3f0cb8e5c1db)

871.	[func]		kalmus, tomek
	DHCPv6 is now able to extract MAC from DUID-LLT and DUID-LL.
	(Trac #3548, git f6d9630e2762a0f256a2b7825d74d2bce8fe4c60)

870.	[func]		fdupont
	Cleanup the cryptolink API (e.g., removing spurious 'magic'
	zero length parameters).
	(Trac #3606, git 55d2df9d78321b3844217055e376ae44ac962d8f)

869.	[func]		tomek
	'mac-sources' configuration parameter added. The DHCPv6 server
	can now be configured to use various MAC/Hardware address
	sources.
	(Trac #3554, git 2e7c32e7c19372f0c97968ef7c8256509d80fdfc)

868.    [func]          marcin
	DHCPv4 server configuration allows for selection of the
	address on the interface that server should listen on.
	This is specifically useful in the environments with
	multiple IPv4 addresses assigned to one interface.
	(Trac #3539, git ff71887c605eedc3914bacfd2e551da7bddcc0d6)

867.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Allocation Engine uses statically assigned
	addresses when it allocates or renews leases for the
	DHCPv4 clients.
	(Trac #3564, git 7b192fe314c12e38622742b3b338e997934f862f)

866.	[doc]		stephen
	Corrected documentation concerning the way to configure hooks
	libraries.
	(Trac #3635, git 42d1c98a2e66ab7fc3e372365edad1f5709df885)

865.	[func]		marcin
	Host reservations can be specified in the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6
	servers configuration. The reservations are loaded, but they
	are currently unused.
	(Trac #3562, git 1ba5ec3b7831ef8126be17b9542d9b89a419e7dd)
	(Trac #3628, git 00b49298ec5e5e5c722e5938547c86c954fc76e1)

864.	[func]		tomek
	MySQL backend is now able to store information about hardware
	addresses and associated information in DHCPv6.
	(Trac #3556, git 08a29d8d2374bc3c6b3799d5dd97f586ee869392)

863.	[func]		tomek
	A new tool called kea-admin added. It allows database maintenance.
	Initialization of a new database, version check and upgrade between
	version is now supported. Currently the only backend supported is
	mysql, but support for memfile and pgsql is planned.
	(Trac #3599, git cf22f8d212f2435957f89b51722f8e26e14635f2)

862.	[func]		dgutier, tomek
	Support for client link-layer address option (RFC6939) has
	been added.
	(Trac #3551, git dabdf965d92085f86d5e96c8dadce0f0a8f7c8e3)

861.	[func]		marcin
	The configuration parameters for a DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 options are now
	optional.
	(Trac #3467, git 7bf8cef161e6dd00a7f2b2fe8ec04e1958d6db3f)

860.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed calculation of the Client FQDN option length for the ASCII
	domain name encoding.
	(Trac #3624, git 5a120d9bf85e27ea5b2674d35af0f2774e4cd2a7)

859.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented Host Manager, which can retrieve host reservations
	specified in the server's configuration. Future tickets will
	extend Host Manager to retrieve reservations from other sources,
	e.g. SQL databases.
	(Trac #3561, git faac5e9746dbf82eb04ffef95658e4b4c7d64a4a)

858.	[bug]		marcin
	Added missing "lease-database" entry to the default DHCPv6
	server configuration, in kea.conf.
	(Trac #3630, git 0f7ff732ea2add45a24e040eae8a0dda27532a31)

857.	[func]		fdupont
	Improve the cryptolink code, for instance use a constant
	time comparison.
	(Trac #3602, git 0c1f433da650330b40fe1a67bae4716c9184f636)

856.	[build]		marcinw
	callout_manager.h and server_hooks.h headers are now exported,
	so statically linked libraries can be tested.
	(Github #4, git 00b5f3fa0369c13021bf4fb78c6450e524e4e411)

855.	[build]		fdupont
	Use convenience archives for objects used in a makefile and
	its parent makefile: before sources were compiled twice using
	the broken subdir-objects option of automake, now objects
	are put into a convenience static library (so an archive).
	(Trac #3631, git d7954b4234114d8fa41aa51f671d4faa1724b748)

854.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected a regression on "make distcheck" which appeared after
	implementation of #3162 (partial fix).
	(Trac #3629, git 9bb6b76a24e4356b30e59631e76e32c3096fb515)

853.	[func]		tomek
	Lease6 now is able to store MAC/hardware address information. Memfile
	memfile backend has been updated to store/retrieve that additional
	piece of information. Server now tries to use available methods to
	obtain MAC/hardware address from incoming packet.
	(Trac #3555, git ab76a9e7a9d39cb3cf533729473b63a2d2401ac7)

852.	[func]		tomek
	Pkt6 class is now able to generate client's MAC from source IPv6
	link-local address if EUI-64 identifier was used.
	(Trac #3549, git d92e76860e6931477b3e60e5be8978302973f88f)

851.	[bug]		tmark
	Corrected a segmentation fault that was occurring under OS-X
	during D2 module shutdown.
	(Trac #3470, git f7822568abd04c12faa3cde34fadaac238a373d3)

850.	[build]		fdupont
	Moved optional gtest sources to ext/gtest.
	(Trac #3162, git 055512758f5c79f29eb375126d496483c9a6d0a1)

849.	[bug]		tomek
	DHCPv6 component now processes incoming vendor-class options
	properly (packets are classified as VENDOR_CLASS_[content of the
	vendor-class option]).
	(Trac #3486, git 62409cd9531b081943b8f3567f7b0dca36b18802)

848.	[func]		fdupont
	Added truncated HMAC support to TSIG, as per RFC 4635.
	(Trac #3593, git ae3a9cd1a0d2dc07b7092368149381d69bc2c61a)

847.	[build]		fdupont
	Removed no longer used configuration option --with-shared-memory
	and associated files and variables.
	(Trac #3614, git adee8c93f7c7c1303390dd63dbeae74a48a34845)

846.	[bug]		fdupont
	Fixed subdir-objects warnings from recent versions of autotools,
	e.g., on Apple OSX.
	(Trac #3162, git e25c7477f3c35cdaa0f038732f697224bfd44847)

845.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented Host class for storing information about IPv4 and IPv6
	reservations for the host.
	(Trac #3560, git fb5e1883b01ce6388d1b7a92c61061b493c36713)

844.	[bug]		tmark, marcin
	Fixed multiple issues in the DHCP-DDNS unit tests.
	(Trac #3615, git fec824d36121b12e98dd407a0bdf1bc71c8de18d)

843.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server sets ciaddr to 0 in DHCPOFFER and DHCPNAK messages to
	adhere to section 4.3.1 of RFC2131.
	(Trac #3367, git 9f05a29caa960df2b09b7a8c23100da8b40e73d0)

842.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server logs when the packet sent by the client contains
	invalid combination of giaddr/hops before discarding the packet.
	(Trac #3537, git 760c652b54dcdfdfbd1a0014da43d3c31e848f02)

841.	[func]		tomek
	Pkt4 and Pkt6 class have a common base now. A lot code duplication
	removed. Added getMAC() method that will be used to extract MAC
	in DHCPv6.
	(Trac #3546, git 6e68af7dfe15e4d461bf068f545d2bdaaa8fcfb0)

840.	[func]		nicolas
	PktFilterInet::send method now sets source IPv4 address
	explicitly.  This enabled perfdhcp to control its source address
	on systems that have more than one address assigned to a given
	interface. Thanks to Nicolas Chaigneau from Capgemini for
	providing this fix.
	(Github #2, git 6ac36ed7a1d97bcf52ffb2aec7cbf116e58e5803)

839.	[doc]		adam
	DHCPv4 examples corrected in Kea ARM. Thanks to Adam Osuchowski
	from Silesian University of Technology for providing this fix.
	(Github #1, git 15785c0e28190659b037cfcca19f0267ccd9049f)

838.	[bug]		tomek
	Kea components now use the KEA_LOCKFILE_DIR environment variable
	to specify the directory of the logging lockfile. Locking can be
	disabled completely by setting the variable to 'none'.
	(Trac #3591, git d4556e1d21766b94f2f0cda59df15e47e6f2676e)

837.	[bug,doc]	tomek
	Logging configuration examples in kea.conf fixed. Also updated
	Kea documentation for logging.
	(Trac #3536, git 2cf3f6b9cb3d2ae6fc7b0940b55490f109ddd2f9)

836.	[bug]		fdupont
	Moved duplicated getXXXHashAlgorithm() function to new
	xxx_common.h include files in the cryptolink library.
	(Trac #3471, git 8cf2ee46b3d7398f4f716435be3d9b19bf3599f5)

835.	[build]		fdupont
	The configure script checks if OpenSSL supports SHA-2, in order
	to avoid very old (and likely subject to unfixed security bugs)
	OpenSSL versions.
	(Trac #3482, git c779a0ef23d2092cf896276dab1fbcb190380374)

834.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected the definition of the example DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 address
	pools in the default kea.conf file.
	(Trac #3538, git 8712cc0df77368940d8d3d11811a9ac9504bce12)

833.	[func]		marcin
	Configuration Manager supports two stage configuration. In the
	first stage a temporary configuration is created and in the
	second stage this configuration is committed. If configuration
	fails at the first stage, the temporary configuration is rolled
	back and the server continues to use the old configuration.
	(Trac #3534, git 4ecee3c0c97fe417b050317356f9093ba3771a15)

Kea 0.9 released on August 29, 2014

832.	[bug]		jiri
	Compilation fix for PostgreSQL on i686. Thanks to Jiri Popelka
	from RedHat for providing a patch!
	(Trac #3532, git 96a06654f2177444dcea3a0e9f6fa06947855497)

831.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP servers check if the interfaces specified in the configuration,
	to be used to receive DHCP messages, are present in the system.
	If the interface doesn't exist, an error is reported. In addition,
	the SO_REUSEPORT flag is set for IPv6 sockets as multiple multicast
	sockets can be bound to the DHCPv6 server port.
	(Trac #3512, git 5cbbab2d01c6e1bf6d563ba64d80bc6bc857f73d)

830.	[build]		jreed
	The configure script no longer requires pkg-config.
	(Trac #3511, git 99a5a2db8c011b358873d485ac48f7c78ac6374c)

829.	[build]		wlodek
	Lettuce DNS tests removed with all related python code,
	most of them will be used in Forge project which can be found
	http://kea.isc.org/wiki/IscForge
	(Trac #3420, git e51bcbeedbc169050751c1b896726965243667be)

828.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected the IfaceMgrTest.detectIface unit test that failed on
	Linux systems with virtual interfaces present.
	(Trac #3527, git 7aa01a6965b6e9fc39ff005803cada7f58f2e628)

827.	[build]		jiri, tomek
	Deprecated AC_PROG_LIBTOOL macro replaced by LT_INIT. Thanks to
	Jiri Popelka from RedHat for providing a patch!
	(Trac #3525, git 6c0aacf29fae1d0501ca69ff6324df8d4fc8c7ee)

826.	[bug]		jiri, tomek
	Compilation fix for Red Hat running on armv7. Thanks to Jiri
	Popelka from RedHat for providing a patch!
	(Trac #3526, git eac5a80472dcb78b538c2ed34cc0534f801e5145)

825.	[bug]		jiri, tomek
	Example JSON configuration files permission fix. Thanks to Jiri
	Popelka	from RedHat for providing a patch!
	(Trac #3524, git 822a39ba33870f70787a1f666aed772e06d04d79)

824.	[bug]		marcin
	Kea deamons report configuration summary when the configuration is
	applied successfully.
	(Trac #3477, git f39d208024f720f72c931016cfa50a54e80f8c61)

823.	[build]		tomek
	query_cmp tool removed from the source code.
	(Trac #3509, git f61c800059bd5e5c74e435d7dd97ae561d29151a)

822.	[build]		tomek
	'host' program was removed from examples.
	(Trac #3421, git aeea893fb1c52d20258929a62a59ae2e7bd12e3d)

821.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCP servers no longer log an error when Interface Manager fails to
	receive a packet as a result of signal being received.
	(Trac #3478, git d80c83aef8e103dd483234429d35aeb66149e0b9)

820.	[bug]		marcin
	Corrected the IfaceMgrTest.detectIfaces unit test which reported
	false positives for specific network configurations.
	(Trac #3517, git 9affa1b2210f5cc9d7a99724e5d5c8979409cefd)

Kea 0.9beta1 released on August 13, 2014

819.	[build]		marcin
	Renamed variables in the configure.ac so as their names do not
	refer to BIND10 project. As a result of renaming the B10_CXXFLAGS
	to KEA_CXXFLAGS in configure.ac all dependent Makefiles had to
	be updated in the tree. The AX_BOOST_FOR_BIND10 macro has been
	renamed to AX_BOOST_FOR_KEA.
	(Trac #3507, git 6616b1c0ad0a78e11bca9395fafb8efdba8d8b9c)

818.	[func]		tomek
	DHCPv4, DHCPv6 and DDNS components now report their versions.
	(Trac #3508, git 3f46c74ffa0ea1197e1fa62cb2f6580931be35f3)

817.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers will log an error during an attempt to
	open socket on the interface which is down or not configured.
	(Trac #3487, git fadc776914aa858ce637aab1513ab3d87631f612)

816.	[doc]		tomek
	AUTHORS file rewritten.
	(Trac #3469, git 6ef55abaa1ef79e09ad332c0da28dee7bfed70fe)

815.	[func]		tomek
	Pool definitions in DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 are now lists of
	structures. This makes adding new per-pool parameters easier in
	the future.
	(Trac #3464, git 4bd0c0eda9d86608f8802d28bd360239fe88e905)

814.	[func,doc]		tomek
	It is now possible to specify logging parameters in a
	configuration file for DHCPv4, DHCPv6 and DHCP-DDNS components.
	(Trac #3427, git 23285903645c36fc35c6866a74c50c74089cd255)

813.	[func]		tomek
	Functions, methods and variables referring to BIND10 were renamed
	to Kea. In particular, system variables (B10_LOGGER_ROOT,
	B10_LOCKFILE_DIR_FROM_BUILD etc.) were renamed. B10_ prefix was
	replaced with KEA_.
	(Trac #3417, git 1db8988de6af435fa388dc9c7f909c4a004a01d0)

812.	[doc]		tomek
	DHCPv6 and DDNS sections in Kea Administrator Reference Manual
	has been updated. Usage of keactl has been documented.
	(Trac #3468, git 3945fc6211bcadb9bece7147039a6b50ebcf936b)
	(Trac #3466, git fa9570d19c73cbe7effc75589b7eb855c411f6a3)

811.	[doc]		tmark
	Added documentation of message protocol between DHCP servers and the
	DHCP-DDNS process.
	(Trac #3505, git 6d9aed2f8fe181714e8260493c6cc06e13d0edd0)

810.	[func]		stephen
	perfdhcp is now installed in sbin as it requires root privilege
	to run. The perfdhcp source has been moved to the directory
	src/bin/perfdhcp.
	(Trac #3481, git d101aed6156a993476fa1164f0b0ec8395f5886c)

809.	[func]		stephen
	sockcreator is no longer built or installed.  The code is being
	retained in the repository for the moment, but may be deleted at
	some point in the future.
	(Trac #3480, git 2a55a469dde8fcc053b49e287c30d0906baa91b4)

808.	[func]		stephen
	Reduced number of startup and shutdown messages in the
	DHCP-DDNS process by making some of them debug messages.
	(Trac #3479, git bca0bae285de9ce904c0afd21af777dac2edb4e6)

807.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server responds to Confirm messages from clients.
	(Trac #3269, git 4f43c309a994e30c07f5aa27057552fb195ec284)

806.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server processes Requested IP Address option (50).
	(Trac #3320, git ad411a177a32bbe6a93f4baf813d985558c99e2f)

805.	[func]		stephen
	Changed all occurrences of "BIND 10" in message files to "Kea".
	(Trac #3416, git e88090b57a75424920d9b96efbf50e3554048828)

804.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server supports DHCPINFORM messages from the clients.
	(Trac #3390, git 77f8577b1dbb52bdc6deb8bed3eef6ce7abc33fd)

803.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server supports responding to directly connected clients on
	FreeBSD, NetBSD and OpenBSD using Berkeley Packet Filtering. This
	also resolves the problem reported in #3438 that the server doesn't
	pick the correct interface to respond to the client and the client
	never gets the response from the server.
	(Trac #2893, git 9fba39d93b9ece950c4294230984d6315dfa11f6)

802.	[doc]		tomek, marcin
	Developer's Guide updated to Change BIND 10 references to Kea.
	Documentation for Keactrl added.
	(Trac #3396, git 271450edbc63e9022f877c9aa3d1dc290708f151)
	(Trac #3466, git fa9570d19c73cbe7effc75589b7eb855c411f6a3)

801.	[build]		fdupont
	Detect all OS X versions more recent than 10.9 (where
	pthread_cond_destroy() doesn't work as documented,
	which makes some of unit tests to fail).
	(Trac #3473, git d620ef6659598bcc1f4c30241e845348770e264e)

800.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server is now usable on FreeBSD, NetBSD and OpenBSD systems.
	It can receive messages sent to ff02::1:2 multicast address. Also,
	fixed the bug whereby the DHCPv6 server failed to bind the socket
	to global unicast address on BSD systems due to invalid scope id
	setting.
	(Trac #3437, git f4c2fe2fc37a37f1510e138e1f6c4ccd757e1f06)

799.	[func]		tmark
	Configuration parsing for all Kea servers has been enhanced to include
	the location of the error within the configuration file presented as
	file name, line number, and column within the configuration file.
	(Trac #3436, git b927deb2b4579f93ba74d4be8f5a3a4eaa3c6422)
	(Trac #3409, git 777dbdb29a641f7d8661f9cc2c22f1cb9fe7eb14)

798.	[build]		tomek
	JSON configuration backend is now the default. BUNDY backend
	is now deprecated after #3413 removed the BIND10/Bundy framework.
	(Trac #3476, git 727b65f2c62bbd7dc599b2e7956167e2b3c34098)

797.	[build]		tomek
	Removed a lot of remaining BIND10 framework: bind10, bindctl,
	cfgmgr, cmdctl, msgq, stats, sysinfo, tests, usermgr from src/bin
	directory, also src/lib/python directory. Python3 is not
	required anymore, unless documentation generation is enabled.
	(Trac #3413, git d7b297ac475193f687d07b0489ac74585d4f3814)

796.	[doc]		tomek
	User's Guide renamed to Kea Administrator Reference Manual,
	removed sections specific to BIND10/Bundy framework, rewritten
	general and DHCPv4 specific examples.
	(Trac #3418, git 73e6019d83760f0500890240e2e187dcd5e1e14c)

795.	[func]		marcin
	Added support to keactrl to start, stop, reconfigure and gather
	status of the DHCP-DDNS server.
	(Trac #3465, git 6bc61470c9ccee001fe282d0f879bcddac0b8721)

794.	[func]		fdupont
	cryptolink: add OpenSSL crypto backend as an alternative to Botan
	by specifying --with-openssl[=PATH] on the "configure" command
	line. Add hash support to the cryptolink API and use it in DHCP
	DDNS, removing the Botan dependency.
	(Trac #2406, git 4b4110dd68706b4171fc6d8a6f4f2a9cd820edac)

793.	[func]		tmark
	DHCP-DDNS: Implemented dynamic reconfiguration of the server,
	triggered when the SIGHUP signal is received by the server's
	process. Also, server performs a graceful shut down when SIGINT
	or SIGTERM signal is received.
	(Trac #3407, git f1a224df1e46098748ba60205be09ada4600515f)

792.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented keactrl script used to start, stop, reconfigure Kea
	servers and get their status and configuration data. This script
	is installed only if the JSON configuration backend is in use.
	(Trac #3422, git e1d164c7a9a54a7aacea88c8c57cd2826e06012b)

791.	[func]		tmark
	DHCP-DDNS: Now supports configure.ac parameter: --with-kea-config.
	It allows selecting configuration backend and accepts one of two
	values: BUNDY, which uses Bundy (former BIND10) framework as Kea
	0.8 did, or JSON, which reads configuration from a JSON file.
	(Trac #3401, git 8e69209caafc81041229f3d9601599f3d98fc86e)

790.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server: Implemented dynamic reconfiguration of the server,
	triggered when the SIGHUP signal is received by the server's
	process. Also, server performs a graceful shut down when SIGINT
	or SIGTERM signal is received.
	(Trac #3405, git dd0270bd91cf8fc958b8b388950d343d311ee99e)

789.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv4 server sends Renewal Time (58) and Rebinding Time (59)
	options to the client when the appropriate timers are set
	in the configuration. Previously, the timers were ignored.
	(Trac #3336, git b3c8a079889411182ade517c85aa4fe5d6b8719a)

788.	[func]		tomek
	DHCPv4 server: New parameter added to configure.ac: --with-kea-config.
	It allows selecting configuration backend and accepts one of two
	values: BUNDY, which uses Bundy (former BIND10) framework as Kea
	0.8 did, or JSON, which reads configuration from a JSON file.
	(Trac #3399, git 6e4dd3ae58c091ba0fd64c87fa8d7c268210f99b)

787.	[func]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server: Implemented dynamic reconfiguration of the server,
	triggered when the SIGHUP signal is received by the server's
	process. Also, server performs a graceful shut down when SIGINT
	or SIGTERM signal is received.
	(Trac #3406, git 3be60fa6ac521aecae6ae92d26dc03792bc76903)

786.	[func]		tmark
	DHCP-DDNS now supports DDNS updates with TSIG.  Please refer to the
	Kea Guide for details. Prior to this TSIG keys could be defined but
	were not used.
	(Trac #3432, git 80fea12a53d1e832d4e7b710ca6ea613300f73ea)

785.	[bug]		marcin
	DHCPv6 server avoids collisions between prefixes that are allocated
	as a result of receiving hints from the clients. Previously the
	whole prefix (including bits beyond the prefix length) was used to
	search existing leases in the lease database. If not found, the
	new lease was crated for the prefix sent by the client. If another
	client sent the same prefix but with different non-significant bits
	the prefix was allocated. This led to prefix collisions. Currently,
	server ignores bits beyond the prefix length when searching for
	existing leases.
	(Trac #3246, git 50de7df4195195e981ae9c8c6f1b4100047d5bb5)

784.	[func]		tmark
	DHCP_DDNS's configuration was changed. The unused parameter,
	"interface" was deleted.  Three new parameters, "ncr_protocol",
	"ncr_format", and "dns_server_timeout" were added.  Please refer to
	Kea Guide for details.
	(Trac #3268,    git bd60252e679f19b062f61926647f661ab169f21c)

783.	[func]*		tomek
	DHCPv6 server: New parameter added to configure: --with-kea-config.
	It allows selecting configuration backend and accepts one of two
	values: BUNDY, which uses Bundy (former BIND10 framework as Kea
	0.8 did, or JSON, which reads configuration from a JSON file.
	(Trac #3400, git 7e9fdfa644b81f72bfa5300b7ddcdb9754400769)

782.	[func]		tmark
	Added sender-ip, sender-port, and max-queue-size parameters to
	the dhcp-ddns configuration section of both b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6.
	(Trac #3328,    git 8d8d0b5eedaab20bf1008dfb3a6913eb006a6e73)

781.	[func]		marcin
	libkea-dhcpsrv: the Memfile lease storage backend returns leases
	of a specified type. Previously, it ignored the lease type parameter
	and returned all leases for a particular client. Thanks to David
	Carlier for helping to implement this ticket.
	(Trac #3148, git d2f0edf473716cd747a21d6917e89ba55c148d8e)

780.	[func]		marcin
	libkea-cc: JSON parser stores information about the position
	of the data element values in the JSON string. The position
	comprises the line number and the offset within this line where
	the specific value resides. This functionality is intended to
	be used for error logging during configuration parsing.
	(Trac #3408, git 115a52a6713340fc589f6f95d73d242931239405)

779.	[doc]		tmark
	Added a section to the developer's guide for Kea's DHCP-DDNS
	component, D2.
	(Trac #3158,    git  7be263c7372b1401a8b4288742854f96b5bec0d6)

bind10-1.2.0 (kea 0.8) released on April 17, 2014

bind10-1.2.0rc1 released on April 8, 2014

778.	[func]*		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: the Memfile lease storage backend now writes
	leases into a CSV file. Configuration parsers for b10-dhcp4
	and b10-dhcp6 use the new configuration parameters to
	control the location of the lease file. It is possible to
	disable lease writes to disk using configuration for testing
	purposes.
	(Trac #3360, git 09e6e71abf8bc693e389ebd262fd149b43c1f1d4)

777.	[func]		tmark
	If b10-dhcp-ddns is configured to listen on an address other than
	loopback, it will issue a log message warning the user that this is
	insecure and is supported for testing purposes only.
	(Trac #3383,    git  652aa4de2fa82fdf3de569d01d9f4aa618fc1972)

776.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6 now support using PostgreSQL as the backend
	for storing lease data.  This backend is enabled by specifying
	--with-dhcp-pgsql on the "configure" command line. Without this
	switch the PostgreSQL backend is not compiled leaving BIND 10 able to
	be built on systems without PostgreSQL installed.  Thanks to David
	Carlier who contributed the initial patches for this work.
	(Trac #3080,    git  1aae8b1fab3008e62c4f085948b1abadad512447)

775.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: added a new parameter to subnet configuration.
	This parameter allows subnet ids to be set to arbitrary values or
	automatically generated values. Generated subnet ids are renumbered
	each time one or more subnets are removed.  Setting the ids to
	specific values prevents this renumbering.
	(Trac #3281, git d90e9a0642fbb16a4e664160b4812f61fb81f1aa)

774.	[doc]		marcin
	Updated information in the BIND 10 Guide about the standards supported
	by Kea and its current limitations.
	(Trac #3258, git ff52b86206e3a256a02ca6d5cde55040550ba86a)

773.	[doc]		tmark
	Added sections to the BIND 10 guide on configuring and using the
	DHCP-DDNS feature of Kea.  Chapter 19, describes the new DHCP-DDNS
	server and its configuration. Additions to chapters 17 and 18
	describe configuring the DHCP servers to work with the new server.
	(Trac #3283, git 806eea955c61eba2d7268958a740a8e8ea63bdaf)

772.	[bug]		tmark
	b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6 now both correctly support DDNS updates
	when honoring client requested delegation. When DDNS is enabled,
	and the client's FQDN indicates they will do the forward updates,
	the servers will now post a DDNS update request to b10-dhcp-ddns
	for the reverse updates. Prior to this the servers were posting no
	DDNS update requests when honoring client delegation.
	(Trac #3352, git b1a0f405463723d539b2e6ed2dcdd692d7796b88)

771.	[bug]		tmark
	Ticket #3339 (entry 760) was reverted to fix regression
	where components added through bindctl, could not be removed.
	(Trac #3374, git c641e2d0569df3ca3e5a93beaf0ecf39db07e402)

770.	[bug]		tmark
	Configuration parsing in b10-dhcp6 and b10-dhcp4 for the "dhcp-ddns"
	section of their configurations now supplies hard-coded default values
	rather than those from their spec files.  This is a temporary solution
	to circumvent an issue in the configuration libraries which causes
	map-items to behave incorrectly.
	(Trac #3358, git 983d8acec3a7ccb1ffef662eac7518aed5f99381)

769.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: Implemented support for Rebind message.
	(Trac #3232, git 3649413932857470558a6f19e0b0e181b3fc0fda)

768.	[bug]		tmark
	b10-dhcp-ddns now treats a DNS server response code of
	NXRRSET as a successful outcome when processing a request
	to remove DNS data.  This corrects a defect in which
	b10-dhcp-ddns would incorrectly fail a request to remove
	DNS data when the DNS server's response was NXRRSET.
	(Trac #3362, git da3b0d4f364d069ffdb47723545798ac589fae42)

767.	[func]		tomek
	Unit-tests for all DHCP database backends are now shared.
	This improves test coverage for memfile and any future
	backends that may appear.
	(Trac #3359, git 3d6c11630ada9d0681a813cf026f6bb16aabb9fa)

bind10-1.2.0beta1 released on March 6, 2014

766.	[func]		muks
	--disable-dns and --disable-dhcp configure arguments have been
	added to conditionally disable the DNS or DHCP components
	respectively. This facility can be used to do a DNS or DHCP-only
	build of BIND 10. DNS and DHCP components are both enabled by
	default.
	(Trac #2367, git 81a689b61b1c4abf8a1a4fcbe41cfc96fd11792a)

765.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Fixed a minor bug in eRouter1.0 class processing. The
	server no longer sets giaddr field.
	(Trac #3353, git 23c22e9b1141c699f361d45c309e737dfecf6f3f)

764.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Fixed a bug caused client classification to not work
	properly.
	(Trac #3343, git 1801400ac874380e7a565d373b4bae96a49e21f7)

763.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp-ddns may now be configured to disable DNS updates in
	in a given direction by simply not defining any domains for that
	direction in its configuration.  This allows it to be configured to
	support either forward DNS or reverse DNS only.  Prior to this if
	a request was received that could not be matched to servers in a
	given direction it was failed immediately.
	(Trac #3341, git 01f26bce1d9faaddb8be59802f73891ea065b200)

762.	[func]		tmark
	If configured to do so, b10-dhcp6 will now create DHCP-DDNS update
	requests and send them to b10-dhcp-ddns for processing.
	(Trac# 3329, git 239956696465a13196a2b6bc0f3a61aed21a5de8)

761.	[doc]		stephen, jreed
	Added "man" page for perfdhcp.
	(Trac #2307, git ff2f538912c205fbdb1408ee613c09b90de53514)

760.	[bug]		tmark
	When merging a map of configuration elements into another, elements
	that are themselves maps will be merged. In particular, this
	corrects a defect which caused a configuration commit error to
	occur when using bindctl to modify a single a parameter in
	dhcp-ddns portion of b10-dhcp4 configuration.
	(Trac# 3339, git 3ae0d93d89f3277a566eeb045191a43b2dd9d9b1)

759.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: IP address of the relay agent can now be
	specified for both IPv4 and IPv6 subnets. That information allows
	the server to properly handle a case where relay agent address
	does not match subnet.  This is mostly useful in shared subnets
	and cable networks.
	(Trac #3322, git 5de565baea42c9096dff78ed5fbd05982a174469)

758.	[bug]		tmark
	b10-dhcp4 now correctly handles DHO_HOST_OPTION.  This corrects
	a bug where the server would fail to recognize the option in the
	DHCP request and then skip generating the appropriate DHCP-DDNS
	update request.
	(Trac #2426, git 985d66cba7665a71e17ef70c5d22c767abaad1b6)

757.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp6 now parses parameters which support DHCP-DDNS updates
	via the DHCP-DDNS module, b10-dhcp-ddns.  These parameters are
	part of new configuration element, dhcp-ddns, defined in
	dhcp4.spec. These parameters influence when and how DDNS updates
	requests are created but communicating them to b10-dhcp-ddns is
	not yet supported.  That will be provided under separate ticket,
	Trac #3222.
	(Trac# 3034, git 22c667a66536ff3e3741bc67025d824644ed4e7d)

756.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: server parses DHCPv6 Vendor Class option. Previously
	the server failed to parse Vendor Class option having empty opaque
	data field because of the invalid definition in libdhcp++. The
	DHCPv6 Vendor Class option and DHCPv4 V-I Vendor Class option is
	now represented by the new OptionVendorClass. The b10-dhcp4 is
	affected by this change such that it uses new class to parse the
	DHCPv4 V-I Vendor Class option.
	(Trac #3316, git 1e61d7db5b8dc76682aa568cd62bfae0eeff46e3)

755.	[func]		muks
	Add support for the CAA RR type (RFC 6844).
	(Trac #2512, git 39162608985e5c904448f308951c73bb9c32da8f)

754.	[func]		muks
	Add support for the TLSA RR type (RFC 6698).
	(Trac #2185, git a168170430f6927f28597b2a6debebe31cf39b13)

753.	[func]		muks
	libdns++: the unknown/generic (RFC 3597) RDATA class now uses the
	generic lexer in constructors from text.
	(Trac #2426, git 0770d2df84e5608371db3a47e0456eb2a340b5f4)

752.	[func]		tmark
	If configured to do so, b10-dhcp4 will now create DHCP-DDNS update
	requests and send them to b10-dhcp-ddns for processing.
	(Trac# 3329, git 4546dd186782eec5cfcb4ddb61b0a3aa5c700751)

751.	[func]		muks
	The BIND 10 zone loader now supports the $GENERATE directive (a
	BIND 9 extension).
	(Trac #2430, git b05064f681231fe7f8571253c5786f4ff0f2ca03)

750.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Simple client classification has been
	implemented. Incoming packets can be assigned to zero or more
	client classes. It is possible to restrict subnet usage to a given
	client class. User's Guide and Developer's Guide has been updated.
	(Trac #3274, git 1791d19899b92a6ee411199f664bdfc690ec08b2)

749.	[bug]		tmark
	b10-dhcp-ddns now sets the TTL value in RRs that add A, AAAA, or
	PTR DNS entries to the lease length provided in instigating
	NameChangeRequest.  This corrected a bug in which the TTL was
	always set to 0.
	(Trac# 3299, git dbacf27ece77f3d857da793341c6bd31ef1ea239)

748.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4 server picks a subnet, to assign address for a directly
	connected client, using IP address of the interface on which the
	client's message has been received. If the message is received on
	the interface for which there is no suitable subnet, the message
	is discarded. Also, the subnet for renewing client which unicasts
	its request, is selected using ciaddr.
	(Trac #3242, git 9e571cc217d6b1a2fd6fdae1565fcc6fde6d08b1)

747.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: server configuration mechanism allows creating definitions
	for standard options for which Kea doesn't provide a definition yet.
	Without this, the server administrator couldn't configure options for
	which a definition didn't exist.
	(Trac# 3309, git 16a6ed6e48a6a950670c4874a2e81b1faf287d99)

746.	[func]		tomek
	IOAddress no longer exposes underlying asio objects. The getAddress()
	method has been removed and replaced with several convenience methods.
	(Trac #1485, git ecdb62db16b3f3d447db4a9d2a4079d5260431f0)

745.	[bug]*		muks
	b10-auth now returns rcode=REFUSED for all questions with
	qtype=RRSIG (i.e., where RRSIGs are queried directly). This is
	because RRSIGs are meaningless without being bundled alongside the
	RRs they cover.
	(Trac #2226, git 68d24e65c9c3dfee38adfbe1c93367b0083f9a58)

744.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: Refactored the code which is processing Client FQDN
	option.  The major user-visible change is that server generates
	DDNS NameChangeRequest for the first IPv6 address (instead of all)
	acquired by a client. Also, the server generates fully qualified
	domain name from acquired IPv6 address, if the client sends an
	empty name in Client FQDN option.
	(Trac# 3295, git aa1c94a54114e848c64771fde308fc9ac0c00fd0)

743.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp4 now responds with changes in DDNS behavior based upon
	configuration parameters specified through its dhcp-ddns configuration
	element. The parameters now supported are override-no-update,
	override-client-update, replace-client-name, generated-prefix, and
	qualifying-suffix.
	(Trac# 3282, git 42b1f1e4c4f5aa48b7588233402876f5012c043c)

742.	[func]		muks
	The authoritative server now includes the datasource configuration
	when logging some errors with the
	AUTH_DATASRC_CLIENTS_BUILDER_RECONFIGURE_ERROR message ID.
	(Trac #2756, git 31872754f36c840b4ec0b412a86afe9f38be86e0)

741.	[bug]		shane
	Remove hard-coded (and unnecessary) TSIG key from error message.
	This also prevents a crash if the TSIG name is missing.
	(Trac #3099, git 0ba8bbabe09756a4627e80aacdbb5050407faaac)

740.	[func]		muks
	When displaying messages about mismatched configuration data types
	in entered values (between the supplied value type and expected
	schema type), bindctl now includes both the supplied and expected
	configuration data types in the returned error. The user has more
	information on what caused the error now.
	(Trac #3239, git 84d5eda2a6ae0d737aef68d56023fc33fef623e6)

739.	[bug]		muks
	Various minor updates were made to the SSHFP RDATA parser. Mainly,
	the SSHFP constructor no longer throws an isc::BadValue exception.
	generic::SSHFP::getFingerprintLen() was also renamed to
	getFingerprintLength().
	(Trac #3287, git 2f26d781704618c6007ba896ad3d9e0c107d04b0)

738.	[bug]		muks
	b10-auth now correctly processes NXDOMAIN results in the root zone
	when using a SQLite3 data source.
	(Trac #2951, git 13685cc4580660eaf5b041b683a2d2f31fd24de3)

737.	[func]		muks
	b10-auth now additionally logs the source address and port when
	DNS messages with unsupported opcodes are received.
	(Trac #1516, git 71611831f6d1aaaea09143d4837eddbd1d67fbf4)

736.	[bug]		wlodek
	b10-dhcp6 is now capable to determine if a received
	message is addressed to it, using server identifier option.
	The messages with non-matching server identifier are dropped.
	(Trac #2892, git 3bd69e9b4ab9be231f7c966fd62b95a4e1595901)

735.	[doc]		stephen
	Expanded Developer's Guide to include chapter on logging.
	(Trac #2566, git a08d702839d9df6cddefeccab1e7e657377145de)

734.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: fixed a bug which caused an error when setting boolean
	values for an option. Also, bind10-guide has been updated with the
	examples how to set the boolean values for an option.
	(Trac# 3292, git 7c4c0514ede3cffc52d8c2874cdbdb74ced5f4ac)

733.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: a function which opens IPv6/UDPv6 sockets for the
	DHCPv6 server, gracefully handles errors to bind socket to
	a multicast address.
	(Trac #3288, git 76ace0c46a5fe0e53a29dad093b817ad6c891f1b)

732.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Support for simplified client classification
	added. Incoming packets are now assigned to a client class based
	on the content of the packet's user class option (DHCPv4) or vendor
	class option (DHCPv6). Two classes (docsis3.0 and eRouter1.0) have
	class specific behavior in b10-dhcp4. See DHCPv4 Client
	Classification and DHCPv6 Client Classification in BIND10
	Developer's Guide for details.  This is a first ticket in a series
	of planned at least three tickets.
	(Trac #3203, git afea612c23143f81a4201e39ba793bc837c5c9f1)

731.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp4 now parses parameters which support DHCP-DDNS updates
	via the DHCP-DDNS module, b10-dhcp-ddns.  These parameters are
	part of new configuration element, dhcp-ddns, defined in
	dhcp4.spec.  The parameters parse, store and retrieve but do not
	yet govern behavior.  That will be provided under separate ticket.
	(Trac# 3033, git 0ba859834503f2b9b908cd7bc572e0286ca9201f)

730.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Both servers used to unnecessarily increase
	subnet-id values after reconfiguration. The subnet-ids are now reset
	to 1 every time a server is reconfigured.
	(Trac #3234, git 31e416087685a6dadc3047fdbb0927bbf60095aa)

729.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4 discards DHCPv4 messages carrying server identifiers
	which don't match server identifiers used by the server.
	(Trac #3279, git 805d2b269c6bf3e7be68c13f1da1709d8150a666)

728.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: If server fails to open a socket on one interface it
	will log a warning and continue to open sockets on other interfaces.
	The warning message is communicated from the libdhcp++ via the
	error handler function supplied by the DHCPv6 server.
	(Trac #3252, git af5eada1bba906697ee92df3fcc25cc0e3979221)

727.	[func]		muks
	RRset::setName() has now been removed.
	(Trac #2335, git c918027a387da8514acf7e125fd52c8378113662)

726.	[bug]*		muks
	Don't print trailing newlines in Question::toText() output by
	default.  This fixes some logging that were split with a line
	feed.  It is possible to get the old behavior by passing
	toText(true).  Message::toText() output is unchanged.
	(Trac #571, git 7286499d5206c6d2aa8a59a5247c3841a772a43e)

725.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp-ddns D2UpdateMgr now uses the newly implemented
	NameAddTransaction and NameRemoveTransaction classes.  This allows
	it to conduct actual DNS update exchanges based upon queued
	NameChangeRequests.
	(Trac# 3089, git 9ff948a169e1c1f3ad9e1bad1568375590a3ef42)

724.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4: Different server identifiers are used for the packets
	being sent through different interfaces. The server uses IPv4 address
	assigned to the particular interface as a server identifier. This
	guarantees that the unicast packet sent by a relay or a client, to
	the address being a server identifier, will reach the server.
	(Trac #3231, git c7a229f15089670d2bfde6e9f0530c30ce6f8cf8)

723.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Implemented unit tests for the IfaceMgr's routine
	which opens IPv6 sockets on detected interfaces. The IfaceMgr
	logic performing low level operations on sockets has been
	moved to a separate class. By providing a custom implementation
	of this class, the unit tests may use fake interfaces with
	custom configuration and thus cover wide range of test
	scenarios for the function.
	(Trac #3251, git 21d2f7ec425f8461b545687104cd76a42da61b2e)

722.	[bug]		muks
	b10-cmdctl now prints a more operator-friendly message when the
	address+port that b10-cmdctl listens on is already in use.
	(Trac #3227, git 5ec35e37dbb46f66ff0f6a9d9a6a87a393b37934)

721.	[func]		tmark
	Updates the user_chk example hooks shared library with callouts
	for packet receive and packet send.  Decision outcome now includes
	the lease or prefix assigned.  The user registry now supports a
	default user entry.
	(Trac #3207, git 34fddf2e75b80d9e517a8f9c3321aa4878cda795)

720.	[func]		tmark
	Added the initial implementation of the class, NameAddTransaction,
	to b10-dhcp-ddns.  This class provides a state machine which
	implements the logic required to remove forward and reverse DNS
	entries as described in RFC 4703, section 5.5. This includes the
	ability to construct the necessary DNS requests.
	(Trac# 3088, git ca58ac00fce4cb5f46e534d7ffadb2db4e4ffaf3)

719.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Support for sending back client-id (RFC6842) has been
	added now. Also a configuration parameter (echo-client-id) has
	been added, so it is possible to enable backward compatibility
	("echo-client-id false").
	(Trac #3210, git 88a4858db206dfcd53a227562198f308f7779a72)

718.	[func]		dclink, tomek
	libdhcp++: Interface detection implemented for FreeBSD, NetBSD,
	OpenBSD, Mac OS X and Solaris 11. Thanks to David Carlier for
	contributing a patch.
	(Trac #2246, git d8045b5e1580a1d0b89a232fd61c10d25a95e769)

717.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed the bug which incorrectly treated DHCPv4 option codes 224-254 as
	standard options, barring them from being used as custom options.
	(Trac #2772, git c6158690c389d75686545459618ae0bf16f2cdb8)

716.	[func]		marcin
	perfdhcp: added support for sending DHCPv6 Release messages
	at the specified rate and measure performance. The orphan
	messages counters are not displayed for individual exchanges
	anymore. The following ticket: #3261 has been submitted to
	implement global orphan counting for all exchange types.
	(Trac #3181, git 684524bc130080e4fa31b65edfd14d58eec37e50)

715.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Used the CMSG_SPACE instead of CMSG_LEN macro to calculate
	msg_controllen field of the DHCPv6 message. Use of CMSG_LEN causes
	sendmsg failures on OpenBSD due to the bug kernel/6080 on OpenBSD.
	(Trac #1824, git 39c9499d001a98c8d2f5792563c28a5eb2cc5fcb)

714.	[doc]		tomek
	BIND10 Contributor's Guide added.
	(Trac #3109, git 016bfae00460b4f88adbfd07ed26759eb294ef10)

713.	[func]		tmark
	Added DNS update request construction to d2::NameAddTransaction
	in b10-dhcp-ddns.  The class now generates all DNS update
	request variations needed to fulfill its state machine in
	compliance with RFC 4703, sections 5.3 and 5.4.
	(Trac# 3241, git dceca9554cb9410dd8d12371b68198b797cb6cfb)

712.	[func]		marcin, dclink
	b10-dhcp4: If server fails to open a socket on one interface it
	will log a warning and continue to open sockets on other interfaces.
	The warning message is communicated from the libdhcp++ via the
	error handler function supplied by the DHCPv4 server. Thanks to
	David Carlier for providing a patch.
	(Trac #2765, git f49c4b8942cdbafb85414a1925ff6ca1d381f498)

711.	[func]		tmark
	Added the initial implementation of the class, NameAddTransaction,
	to b10-dhcp-ddns.  This class provides the state model logic
	described in the DHCP_DDNS design to add or replace forward and
	reverse DNS entries for a given FQDN.  It does not yet construct
	the actual DNS update requests, this will be added under Trac#
	3241.
	(Trac# 3087, git 8f99da735a9f39d514c40d0a295f751dc8edfbcd)

710.	[build]		jinmei
	Fixed various build time issues for MacOS X 10.9.  Those include
	some general fixes and improvements:
	- (libdns++) masterLoad() functions now use the generic MasterLoader
	  class as backend, eliminating the restrictions of the previous
	  versions.
	- (libcc) fixed a minor portability bug in the JSON parser.  Although
	  the only known affected system is OS X 10.9 at the moment, that
	  could potentially cause disruption on other existing and future
	  systems.
	Other notes:
	- if built with googletest, gtest 1.7 (and possibly higher) is
	  required.
	- many older versions of Boost don't work.  A known workable version
	  is 1.54.
	(Trac #3213, git d4e570f097fe0eb9009b177a4af285cde0c636cc)

709.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: Server crashed when the client sent FQDN option and did
	not request FQDN option to be returned.
	(Trac #3220, git 0f1ed4205a46eb42ef728ba6b0955c9af384e0be)

708.	[bug]		dclink, marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Fixed a bug in Memfile lease database backend which
	caused DHCPv4 server crashes when leases with NULL client id
	were present. Thanks to David Carlier for submitting the patch.
	(Trac #2940, git a232f3d7d92ebcfb7793dc6b67914299c45c715b)

707.	[bug]		muks
	Using very large numbers (out of bounds) in config values caused
	BIND 10 to throw an exception. This has been fixed in a patch
	contributed by David Carlier.
	(Trac #3114, git 9bd776e36b7f53a6ee2e4d5a2ea79722ba5fe13b)

706.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4: Server processes the DHCPv4 Client FQDN and Host Name
	options sent by a client and generates the response. As a result
	of processing, the server generates NameChangeRequests which
	represent changes to DNS mappings for a particular lease (addition
	or removal of DNS mappings).
	Currently all generated NameChangeRequests are dropped. Sending
	them to b10-dhcp-ddns will be implemented with the future tickets.
	(Trac #3035, git f617e6af8cdf068320d14626ecbe14a73a6da22)

705.	[bug]*		kean
	When commands are piped into bindctl, no longer attempt to query the
	user name and password if no default user name and password file is
	present, or it contains no valid entries.
	(Trac #264, git 4921d7de6b5623c7e85d2baf8bc978686877345b)

704.	[func]		naokikambe
	New statistics items related to IP sockets added into b10-xfrin:
	open, openfail, close, connfail, conn, senderr, and recverr.
	Their values can be obtained by invoking "Stats show Xfrin" via
	bindctl while b10-xfrin is running.
	(Trac #2300, git 4655c110afa0ec6f5669bf53245bffe6b30ece4b)

703.	[bug]		kean
	A bug in b10-msgq was fixed where it would remove the socket file if
	there was an existing copy of b10-msgq running. It now correctly
	detects and reports this without removing the socket file.
	(Trac #433, git c18a49b0435c656669e6f87ef65d44dc98e0e726)

702.	[func]		marcin
	perfdhcp: support for sending DHCPv6 Renew messages at the specified
	rate and measure performance.
	(Trac #3183, git 66f2939830926f4337623b159210103b5a8e2434)

701.	[bug]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Incoming DHCPv6 IAPREFIX option is now parsed properly.
	(Trac #3211, git ed43618a2c7b2387d76f99a5a4b1a3e05ac70f5e)

700.	[func]		tomek, marcin
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Support for vendor options has been added. It
	is now possible to configure vendor options. Server is able to
	parse some CableLabs vendor options and send configured	vendor
	options	in response. The support is not complete.
	(Trac #3194, git 243ded15bbed0d35e230d00f4e3ee42c3609616c)

699.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Options with defined suboptions are now handled properly.
	In particular, Relay Agent Info options is now echoed back properly.
	(Trac #3102, git 6f6251bbd761809634aa470f36480d046b4d2a20)

698.	[bug]		muks
	A bug was fixed in the interaction between b10-init and b10-msgq
	that caused BIND 10 failures after repeated start/stop of
	components.
	(Trac #3094, git ed672a898d28d6249ff0c96df12384b0aee403c8

697.	[func]		tmark
	Implements "user_check" hooks shared library which supports subnet
	selection based upon the contents of a list of known DHCP lease users
	(i.e. clients).  Adds the following subdirectories to the bind10 src
	directory for maintaining hooks shared libraries:
	bind10/src/hooks - base directory for hooks shared libraries;
	bind10/src/hooks/dhcp - base directory for all hooks libs
	pertaining to DHCP (Kea);
	bind10/src/hooks/dhcp/user_check - directory containing the
	user_check hooks library.
	(Trac #3186, git f36aab92c85498f8511fbbe19fad5e3f787aef68)

696.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: It is now possible to specify value of siaddr field
	in DHCPv4 responses. It is used to point out to the next
	server in the boot process (that typically is TFTP server).
	(Trac #3191, git 541922b5300904a5de2eaeddc3666fc4b654ffba)

695.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6 is now able to listen on global IPv6 unicast addresses.
	(Trac #3195, git 72e601f2a57ab70b25d50877c8e49242739d1c9f)

694.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6 now handles exceptions better when processing initial
	configuration. In particular, errors with socket binding do not
	prevent b10-dhcp6 from establishing configuration session anymore.
	(Trac #3195, git 72e601f2a57ab70b25d50877c8e49242739d1c9f)

693.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6 now handles IPv6 interface enabling correctly.
	(Trac #3195, git 72e601f2a57ab70b25d50877c8e49242739d1c9f)

692.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4: Fix a bug whereby the Parameter Request List was not parsed
	by the server and requested DHCPv4 options were not returned to the
	client. Options are not sent back to the client if server failed to
	assign a lease.
	(Trac #3200, git 50d91e4c069c6de13680bfaaee3c56b68d6e4ab1)

691.	[bug]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Created definitions for standard DHCPv4 options:
	tftp-server-name (66) and boot-file-name (67). Also, fixed definition
	of DHCPv4 option time-offset (2).
	(Trac #3199, git 6e171110c4dd9ae3b1be828b9516efc65c33460b)

690.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Relay Agent Info option is now echoed back in
	DHCPv4 responses.
	(Trac #3184, git 287389c049518bff66bdf6a5a49bb8768be02d8e)

689.	[func]*		marcin
	b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6 install callback functions which parse options
	in the received DHCP packets.
	(Trac #3180, git f73fba3cde9421acbeb9486c615900b0af58fa25)

688.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Prefix Delegation support is now extended to
	Renew and Release messages.
	(Trac #3153, #3154, git 3207932815f58045acea84ae092e0a5aa7c4bfd7)

687.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Prefix Delegation (IA_PD and IAPREFIX options) is now
	supported in Solicit and Request messages.
	(Trac #3152, git a0e73dd74658f2deb22fad2c7a1f56d122aa9021)

686.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6 now sends back relayed traffic to proper port.
	(Trac #3177, git 6b33de4bea92eecb64b6c673bf1b8ae51f8edcf1)

685.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcpsrv: Allocation Engine is now able to handle IPv6 prefixes.
	This will be used in Prefix Delegation.
	(Trac #3171, git 7d1431b4c887f0c7ee1b26b9b82d3d3b8464b34f)

684.	[func]		muks, vorner
	API support to delete zone data has been added. With this,
	DomainTree and RdataSet which form the central zone data
	structures of b10-auth allow deletion of names and RR data
	respectively.
	(Trac #2750, git d3dbe8e1643358d4f88cdbb7a16a32fd384b85b1)
	(Trac #2751, git 7430591b4ae4c7052cab86ed17d0221db3b524a8)

683.	[bug]		stephen
	Modifications to fix problems running unit tests if they
	are statically linked.  This includes provision of an
	initialization function that must be called by user-written
	hooks libraries if they are loaded by a statically-linked
	image.
	(Trac #3113, git 3d19eee4dbfabc7cf7ae528351ee9e3a334cae92)

682.	[func]		naokikambe
	New statistics items added into b10-xfrin : ixfr_running,
	axfr_running, and soa_in_progress.  Their values can be
	obtained by invoking "Stats show Xfrin" via bindctl when
	b10-xfrin is running.
	(Trac #2274, git ca691626a2be16f08754177bb27983a9f4984702)

681.	[func]		tmark
	Added support for prefix delegation configuration to b10-dhcp6
	subnets.
	(Trac# 3151, git 79a22be33825bafa1a0cdfa24d5cb751ab1ae2d3)

680.	[func]		marcin
	perfdhcp: Added support for requesting IPv6 prefixes using IA_PD
	option being sent to the server.
	(Trac #3173, git 4cc844f7cc82c8bd749296a2709ef67af8d9ba87)

679.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp-ddns: Finite state machine logic was refactored
	into its own class, StateModel.
	(Trac# 3156, git 6e9227b1b15448e834d1f60dd655e5633ff9745c)

678.	[func]		tmark
	MySQL backend used by b10-dhcp6 now uses lease type as a
	filtering parameter in all IPv6 lease queries.
	(Trac# 3147, git 65b6372b783cb1361fd56efe2b3247bfdbdc47ea)

677.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcpsrv: CfgMgr is now able to store IA, TA and PD pools in
	Subnet6 structures.
	(Trac #3150, git e6f0e89162bac0adae3ce3141437a282d5183162)

676.	[bug]		muks
	We now also allow the short name ("hmac-md5"), along with the long
	name ("hmac-md5.sig-alg.reg.int") that was allowed before for
	HMAC-MD5, so that it is more convenient to configure TSIG keys
	using it.
	(Trac #2762, git c543008573eba65567e9c189824322954c6dd43b)

675.	[func]		vorner
	If there's an exception not handled in a Python BIND10 component,
	it is now stored in a temporary file and properly logged, instead
	of dumping to stderr.
	(Trac #3095, git 18cf54ed89dee1dd1847053c5210f0ca220590c2)

674.	[func]		tomek
	Preparatory work for prefix delegation in LeaseMgr. getLease6()
	renamed to getLeases6(). It now can return more than one lease.
	(Trac #3146, git 05a05d810be754e7a4d8ca181550867febf6dcc6)

673.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp: Added support for IA_PD and IAPREFIX options. New class
	for IAPREFIX (Option6_IAPrefix) has been added.
	(Trac #3145, git 3a844e85ecc3067ccd1c01841f4a61366cb278f4)

672.	[func]		tmark
	Added b10-dhcp-ddns transaction base class, NameChangeTransaction.
	This class provides the common structure and methods to implement
	the state models described in the DHCP_DDNS design, plus
	integration with DNSClient and its callback mechanism for
	asynchronous IO with the DNS servers.
	(Trac #3086, git 079b862c9eb21056fdf957e560b8fe7b218441b6)

671.	[func]		dclink, tomek
	The memfile backend now supports getLease4(hwaddr) and
	getLease4(client-id) methods. Thanks to David Carlier for
	contributing a patch.
	(Trac #2592, git a11683be53db2f9f8f9b71c1d1c163511e0319b3)

670.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Added support to MySQL lease database backend to
	store FQDN data for the lease.
	(Trac #3084, git 79b7d8ee017b57a81cec5099bc028e1494d7e2e9)

669.	[func]		tmark
	Added main process event loop to D2Process which is the primary
	application object in b10-dhcp-ddns. This allows DHCP-DDNS
	to queue requests received from clients for processing while
	listening for command control events.
	(Trac #3075 git e2f9d2e4c1b36f01eb5bfa2c4f8d55cf139c7e02)

668.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcpsrv: Implemented changes to lease allocation engine to
	propagate information about client's FQDN.
	(Trac #3083, git 37af28303d1cd61f675faea969cd1159df65bf9d)

667.	[func]		tomek
	Additional hooks (buffer4_receive, lease4_renew,
	lease4_release, buffer4_send) added to the DHCPv4 server.
	(Trac #2983, git fd47f18f898695b98623a63a0a1c68d2e4b37568)

666.	[func]		vorner
	The CmdCtl's command "print_settings" was removed. It served no real
	purpose and was just experimental leftover from early development.
	(Trac #3028, git 0d22246092ad4822d48f5a52af5f644f5ae2f5e2)

665.	[doc]		stephen
	Added the "Hook's Maintenance Guide" to the BIND 10 developer
	documentation.
	(Trac #3063, git 5d1ee7b7470fc644b798ac47db1811c829f5ac24)

664.	[bug]		tmark
	Corrects a bug in Hooks processing that was improperly
	creating a new callout handle on every call, rather
	than maintaining it throughout the context of the
	packet being processed.
	(Trac #3062, git 28684bcfe5e54ad0421d75d4445a04b75358ce77)

663.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: Server processes the DHCPv6 Client FQDN Option
	sent by a client and generates the response. The DHCPv6 Client
	FQDN Option is represented by the new class in the libdhcp++.
	As a result of FQDN Option processing, the server generates
	NameChangeRequests which represent changes to DNS mappings for
	a particular lease (addition or removal of DNS mappings).
	Currently all generated NameChangeRequests are dropped. Sending
	them to b10-dhcp-ddns will be implemented with the future tickets.
	(Trac #3036, git 209f3964b9f12afbf36f3fa6b62964e03049ec6e)

662.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Implemented an Option4ClientFqdn class which represents
	DHCPv4 Client FQDN Option (code 81) defined in RFC4702. This class
	supports the domain name encoding in canonical FQDN format as well
	as in deprecated ASCII format.
	(Trac# 3082, git 1b434debfbf4a43070eb480fa0975a6eff6429d4)

661.	[func]		stephen
	Copy additional header files to the BIND 10 installation directory
	to allow the building of DHCP hooks libraries against an installed
	version of BIND 10.
	(Trac #3092, git e9beef0b435ba108af9e5979476bd2928808b342)

660.	[func]		fujiwara
	src/lib/cc: Integer size of C++ CC library is changed to int64_t.
	b10-auth: The size of statistics counters is changed to uint64_t.
	b10-auth sends lower 63 bit of counter values to b10-stats.
	(Trac #3015,  git e5b3471d579937f19e446f8a380464e0fc059567
	 and Trac #3016, git ffbcf9833ebd2f1952664cc0498608b988628d53)

659.	[func]		stephen
	Added capability to configure the hooks libraries for the
	b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6 servers through the BIND 10
	configuration mechanism.
	(Trac #2981, git aff6b06b2490fe4fa6568e7575a9a9105cfd7fae)

658.	[func]*		vorner
	The resolver, being experimental, is no longer installed by default.
	If you really want to use it, even when it is known to be buggy, use
	the ./configure --enable-experimental-resolver option.
	(Trac #3064, git f5f07c976d2d42bdf80fea4433202ecf1f260648)

657.	[bug]		vorner
	Due to various problems with older versions of boost and
	shared memory, the server rejects to compile with combination
	of boost < 1.48 and shared memory enabled. Most users don't
	need shared memory, admins of large servers are asked to
	upgrade boost.
	(Trac #3025, git 598e458c7af7d5bb81131112396e4c5845060ecd)

656.	[func]		tomek
	Additional hooks (buffer6_receive, lease6_renew,
	lease6_release, buffer6_send) added to the DHCPv6 server.
	(Trac #2984, git 540dd0449121094a56f294c500c2ed811f6016b6)

655.	[func]		tmark
	Added D2UpdateMgr class to b10-dhcp-ddns. This class is
	the b10-dhcp-ddns task master, instantiating and supervising
	transactions that carry out the DNS updates needed to
	fulfill the requests (NameChangeRequests) received from
	b10-dhcp-ddns clients (e.g. DHCP servers).
	(Trac #3059 git d72675617d6b60e3eb6160305738771f015849ba)

654.	[bug]		stephen
	Always clear "skip" flag before calling any callouts on a hook.
	(Trac# 3050, git ff0b9b45869b1d9a4b99e785fbce421e184c2e93)

653.	[func]		tmark
	Added initial implementation of D2QueueMgr to
	b10-dhcp-ddns.  This class manages the receipt and
	queueing of requests received by b10-dhcp-ddns from
	its clients (e.g. DHCP servers)
	(Trac# 3052, git a970f6c5255e000c053a2dc47926cea7cec2761c)

652.	[doc]		stephen
	Added the "Hook Developer's Guide" to the BIND 10 developer
	documentation.
	(Trac# 2982, git 26a805c7e49a9ec85ee825f179cda41a2358f4c6)

651.	[bug]		muks
	A race condition when creating cmdctl certificates caused corruption
	of these certificates in rare cases. This has now been fixed.
	(Trac# 2962, git 09f557d871faef090ed444ebeee7f13e142184a0)

650.	[func]		muks
	The DomainTree rebalancing code has been updated to be more
	understandable. This ChangeLog entry is made just to make a note
	of this change. The change should not cause any observable
	difference whatsoever.
	(Trac# 2811, git 7c0bad1643af13dedf9356e9fb3a51264b7481de)

649.	[func]		muks
	The default b10-xfrout also_notify port has been changed from
	0 to 53.
	(Trac# 2925, git 8acbf043daf590a9f2ad003e715cd4ffb0b3f979)

648.	[func]		tmark
	Moved classes pertaining to sending and receiving
	NameChangeRequests from src/bin/d2 into their own library,
	libdhcp_ddns, in src/lib/dhcp_ddns.  This allows the
	classes to be shared between DHDCP-DDNS and its clients,
	such as the DHCP servers.
	(Trac# 3065, git 3d39bccaf3f0565152ef73ec3e2cd03e77572c56)

647.	[func]		tmark
	Added initial implementation of classes for sending
	and receiving NameChangeRequests between DHCP-DDNS
	and its clients such as DHCP. This includes both
	abstract classes and a derivation which traffics
	requests across UDP sockets.
	(Trac #3008, git b54530b4539cec4476986442e72c047dddba7b48)

646.	[func]		stephen
	Extended the hooks framework to add a "validate libraries" function.
	This will be used to check libraries specified during BIND 10
	configuration.
	(Trac #3054, git 0f845ed94f462dee85b67f056656b2a197878b04)

645.	[func]		tomek
	Added initial set of hooks (pkt4_receive, subnet4_select,
	lease4_select, pkt4_send) to the DHCPv4 server.
	(Trac #2994, git be65cfba939a6a7abd3c93931ce35c33d3e8247b)

644.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Implemented selection of the interfaces
	that server listens on, using Configuration Manager. It is
	possible to specify interface names explicitly or use asterisk
	to specify that server should listen on all available interfaces.
	Sockets are reopened according to the new configuration as
	soon as it is committed.
	(Trac #1555, git f48a3bff3fbbd15584d788a264d5966154394f04)

643.	[bug]		muks
	When running some unittests as root that depended on insufficient
	file permissions, the tests used to fail because the root user
	could still access such files. Such tests are now skipped when
	they are run as the root user.
	(Trac #3056, git 92ebabdbcf6168666b03d7f7fbb31f899be39322)

642.	[func]		tomek
	Added initial set of hooks (pkt6_receive, subnet6_select,
	lease6_select, pkt6_send) to the DHCPv6 server.
	(Trac #2995, git d6de376f97313ba40fef989e4a437d184fdf70cc)

641.	[func]		stephen
	Added the hooks framework. This allows shared libraries of
	user-written functions to be loaded at run-time and the
	functions called during packet processing.
	(Trac #2980, git 82c997a72890a12af135ace5b9ee100e41c5534e)

640.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp-ddns: Implemented DNSClient class which implements
	asynchronous DNS updates using UDP. The TCP and TSIG support
	will be	implemented at later time. Nevertheless, class API
	accommodates the use of TCP and TSIG.
	(Trac #2977, git 5a67a8982baa1fd6b796c063eeb13850c633702c)

639.	[bug]		muks
	Added workaround for build failure on Fedora 19 between GCC 4.8.x
	and boost versions less than 1.54. Fedora 19 currently ships
	boost-1.53.
	(Trac #3039, git 4ef6830ed357ceb859ebb3e5e821a064bd8797bb)

638.	[bug]*		naokikambe
	Per-zone statistics counters are distinguished by zone class,
	e.g. IN, CH, and HS. A class name is added onto a zone name in
	structure of per-zone statistics.
	(Trac #2884, git c0153581c3533ef045a92e68e0464aab00947cbb)

637.	[func]		tmark
	Added initial implementation of NameChangeRequest,
	which embodies DNS update requests sent to DHCP-DDNS
	by its clients.
	(trac3007 git f33bdd59c6a8c8ea883f11578b463277d01c2b70)

636.	[func]		tmark
	Added the initial implementation of configuration parsing for
	DHCP-DDNS.
	(Trac #2957, git c04fb71fa44c2a458aac57ae54eeb1711c017a49)

635.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp-ddns: Implemented DNS Update message construction.
	(Trac #2796, git eac5e751473e238dee1ebf16491634a1fbea25e2)

634.	[bug]		muks
	When processing DDNS updates, we now check the zone more
	thoroughly with the received zone data updates to check if it is
	valid.  If the zone fails validation, we reply with SERVFAIL
	rcode. So, while previously we may have allowed more zone data
	cases without checking which resulted in invalid zones, such
	update requests are now rejected.
	(Trac #2759, git d8991bf8ed720a316f7506c1dd9db7de5c57ad4d)

633.	[func]		jinmei
	b10-memmgr: a new BIND 10 module that manages shared memory
	segments for DNS zone data.  At this point it's runnable but does
	nothing really meaningful for end users; it was added to the
	master branch for further development.
	(Trac #2854, git d05d7aa36d0f8f87b94dba114134b50ca37eabff)

632.	[bug]		marcin
	perfdhcp: Fixed a bug in whereby the application was sporadically
	crashing when timed out packets were garbage collected.
	(Trac #2979, git 6d42b333f446eccc9d0204bcc04df38fed0c31db)

631.	[bug]		muks
	Applied a patch by Tomas Hozza to fix a couple of compile errors
	on Fedora 19 development release.
	(Trac #3001, git 6e42b90971b377261c72d51c38bf4a8dc336664a)

630.	[bug]		muks
	If there is a problem loading the backend module for a type of
	data source, b10-auth would not serve any zones. This behaviour
	has been changed now so that it serves zones from all other usable
	data sources that were configured.
	(Trac #2947, git 9a3ddf1e2bfa2546bfcc7df6d9b11bfbdb5cf35f)

629.	[func]		stephen
	Added first part of the hooks framework.
	(Trac #2794, git d2b107586db7c2deaecba212c891d231d7e54a07)

628.	[func]		y-aharen
	b10-auth: A new statistics item 'qryrecursion' has been introduced.
	The counter is for the number of queries (OpCode=Query) with Recursion
	Desired (RD) bit on.
	(Trac #2796, git 3d291f42cdb186682983aa833a1a67cb9e6a8434)

627.	[func]		tmark
	Logger name for DHCP-DDNS has been changed from "d2_logger" to
	"dhcpddns".  In addition, its log messages now use two suffixes,
	DCTL_ for logs the emanate from the underlying base classes, and
	DHCP_DDNS_ for logs which emanate from DHCP-DDNS specific code
	(Trac #2978, git 5aec5fb20b0486574226f89bd877267cb9116921)

626.	[func]		tmark
	Created the initial implementation of DHCP-DDNS service
	controller class, D2Controller, and the abstract class from
	which it derives, DControllerBase. D2Controller manages the
	lifecycle and BIND10 integration of the DHCP-DDNS application
	process, D2Process. Also note, module name is now
	b10-dhcp-ddns.
	(Trac #2956, git a41cac582e46213c120b19928e4162535ba5fe76)

625.	[bug]*		jinmei
	b10-xfrin/b10-loadzone: b10-xfrin now refers to the unified
	"data_sources" module configuration instead of almost-deprecated
	the Auth/database_file configuration (Note: zonemgr still uses the
	latter, so a secondary server would still need it for the moment).
	Due to this change, b10-xfrin does not auto-generate an initial
	zone for the very first transfer anymore; b10-loadzone has been
	extended with a new -e option for the initial setup.
	(Trac #2946, git 8191aec04c5279c199909f00f0a0b2b8f7bede94)

624.	[bug]		jinmei
	logging: prevented multiple BIND 10 processes from generating
	multiple small log files when they dumped logs to files and try
	to roll over them simultaneously.  This fix relies on a feature of
	underling logging library (log4cplus) version 1.1.0 or higher,
	so the problem can still happen if BIND 10 is built with an older
	version of log4cplus. (But this is expected to happen rarely in
	any case unless a verbose debug level is specified).
	(Trac #1622, git 5da8f8131b1224c99603852e1574b2a1adace236)

623.	[func]		tmark
	Created the initial, bare-bones implementation of DHCP-DDNS
	service process class, D2Process, and the abstract class
	from which it derives, DProcessBase. D2Process will provide
	the DHCP-DDNS specific event loop and business logic.
	(Trac #2955, git dbe4772246039a1257b6492936fda2a8600cd245)

622.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-xfrin now has tighter control on the choice of IXFR or AXFR
	through zones/request_ixfr configuration item.  It includes
	the new "IXFR only" behavior for some special cases.  b10-xfrin
	now also uses AXFR whenever necessary, so it is now safe to try
	IXFR by default and it's made the default.  The previous
	use_ixfr configuration item was deprecated and triggers startup
	failure if specified; configuration using use_ixfr should be
	updated.
	(Trac #2911, git 8118f8e4e9c0ad3e7b690bbce265a163e4f8767a)

621.	[func]		team
	libdns++: All Rdata classes now use the generic lexer in
	constructors from text. This means that the name fields in such
	RRs in a zone file can now be non-absolute (the origin name in that
	context will be used), e.g., when loaded by b10-loadzone. Note
	that the existing string constructors for these Rdata classes also
	use the generic lexer, and they now expect an absolute name (with
	the trailing '.') in the name fields.
	(Trac #2522, git ea97070cf6b41299351fc29af66fa39c6465d56a)
	(Trac #2521, git c6603decaadcd33ccf9aee4a7b22447acec4b7f6)
	(See also ChangeLog 594, 564, 545)

620.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth now returns SERVFAIL to queries for a zone that is
	configured to be loaded in-memory but isn't due to load time
	errors (missing zone file or errors in the zone file, etc).
	Such zones were previously treated as non existent and would
	result in REFUSED or unintentional match against less specific
	zones.  The revised behavior is also compatible with BIND 9.
	(Trac #2905, git 56ee9810fdfb5f86bd6948e6bf26545ac714edd8)

619.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrout now uses blocking send for xfr response messages
	to prevent abrupt termination of the stream due to a slower
	client or narrower network bandwidth.
	(Trac #2934, git bde0e94518469557c8b455ccbecc079a38382afd)

618.	[func]*		marcin
	b10-dhcp4: Added the ability for the server to respond to a
	directly connected client which does not yet have an IP address.
	On Linux, the server will unicast the response to the client's
	hardware address and the 'yiaddr' (the client's new IP
	address). Sending a response to the unicast address prevents other
	(not interested) hosts from receiving the server response. This
	capability is not yet implemented on non-Linux Operating Systems
	where, in all cases, the server responds to the broadcast
	address. The logic conforms to section 4.1 of RFC 2131.
	(Trac #2902, git c2d40e3d425f1e51647be6a717c4a97d7ca3c29c)

617.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4: Fixed a bug whereby the domain-name option was encoded
	as FQDN (using technique described in RFC1035) instead of a string.
	Also, created new class which represents an option carrying a single
	string value. This class is now used for all standard options of
	this kind.
	(Trac #2786, git 96b1a7eb31b16bf9b270ad3d82873c0bd86a3530)

616.	[doc]		stephen
	Added description to the DHCP "Database Back-Ends" section of the
	BIND 10 Developer's Guide about how to set up a MySQL database for
	testing the DHCP MySQL backend.
	(Trac #2653, git da3579feea036aa2b7d094b1c260a80a69d2f9aa)

615.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth: Avoid referencing to a freed object when authoritative
	server addresses are reconfigured.  It caused a crash on a busy
	server during initial startup time, and the same crash could also
	happen if listen_on parameters are reconfigured at run time.
	(Trac #2946, git d5f2a0d0954acd8bc33aabb220fab31652394fcd)

614.	[func]		tmark
	b10-d2: Initial DHCP-DDNS (a.k.a. D2) module implemented.
	Currently it does nothing useful, except for providing the
	skeleton implementation to be expanded in the future.
	(Trac #2954, git 392c5ec5d15cd8c809bc9c6096b9f2bfe7b8c66a)

613.	[func]		jinmei
	datasrc: Error handling in loading zones into memory is now more
	consistent and convenient: data source configuration does not fail
	due to zones configured to be loaded into memory but not available
	in the data source, just like the case of missing zone file for
	the MasterFiles type of data source.  Also, zones that aren't
	loaded into memory due to errors can now be reloaded for b10-auth
	using the bindctl Auth loadzone command after fixing the error,
	without reconfiguring the entire data source.
	(Trac #2851, git a3d4fe8a32003534150ed076ea0bbf80e1fcc43c)

612.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Support for relayed DHCPv6 traffic has been added.
	(Trac #2898, git c3f6b67fa16a07f7f7ede24dd85feaa7c157e1cb)

611.	[func]		naokikambe
	Added Xfrin statistics items such as the number of successful
	transfers.  These are per-zone type counters.  Their values can be
	obtained with zone names by invoking "Stats show Xfrin" via bindctl
	while Xfrin is running.
	(Trac #2252, git e1a0ea8ef5c51b9b25afa111fbfe9347afbe5413)

bind10-1.1.0beta2 released on May 10, 2013

610.	[bug]		muks
	When the sqlite3 program is not available on the system (in
	PATH), we no longer attempt to run some tests which depend
	on it.
	(Trac #1909, git f85b274b85b57a094d33ca06dfbe12ae67bb47df)

609.	[bug]		jinmei
	Handled some rare error cases in DNS server classes correctly.
	This fix specifically solves occasional crash of b10-auth due to
	errors caused by TCP DNS clients.  Also, as a result of cleanups
	with the fix, b10-auth should now be a little bit faster in
	handling UDP queries: in some local experiments it ran about 5%
	faster.
	(Trac #2903, git 6d3e0f4b36a754248f8a03a29e2c36aef644cdcc)

608.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-cmdctl: fixed a hangup problem on receiving the shutdown
	command from bindctl.  Note, however, that cmdctl is defined as
	a "needed" module by default, so shutting down cmdctl would cause
	shutdown of the entire BIND 10 system anyway, and is therefore
	still not very useful in practice.
	(Trac #2712, git fa392e8eb391a17d30550d4b290c975710651d98)

607.	[bug]		jinmei
	Worked around some unit test regressions on FreeBSD 9.1 due to
	a binary compatibility issue between standard and system
	libraries (http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=175453).
	While not all tests still pass, main BIND 10 programs should
	generally work correctly.  Still, there can be odd run time
	behavior such as abrupt crash instead of graceful shutdown
	when some fatal event happens, so it's generally discouraged to
	use BIND 10 on FreeBSD 9.1 RELEASE.  According to the above
	bug report for FreeBSD, it seems upgrading or downgrading the
	FreeBSD version will solve this problem.
	(Trac #2887, git 69dfb4544d9ded3c10cffbbfd573ae05fdeb771f)

606.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrout now correctly stops sending notify requests once it
	receives a valid response.  It previously handled it as if the
	requests are timed out and resent it a few times in a short
	period.
	(Trac #2879, git 4c45f29f28ae766a9f7dc3142859f1d0000284e1)

605.	[bug]		tmark
	Modified perfdhcp to calculate the times displayed for packet sent
	and received as time elapsed since perfdhcp process start time.
	Previously these were times since the start of the epoch.
	However the large numbers involved caused loss of precision
	in the calculation of the test statistics.
	(Trac #2785, git e9556924dcd1cf285dc358c47d65ed7c413e02cf)

604.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcp++: abstracted methods which open sockets and send/receive
	DHCP4 packets to a separate class. Other classes will be derived
	from it to implement OS-specific methods of DHCPv4 packets filtering.
	The primary purpose for this change is to add support for Direct
	DHCPv4 response to a client which doesn't have an address yet on
	different OSes.
	(Trac #991, git 33ffc9a750cd3fb34158ef676aab6b05df0302e2)

603.	[func]		tmark
	The directory in which the b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6 server id files has
	been changed from the local state directory (set by the "configure"
	--localstatedir switch) to the "bind10" subdirectory of it. After an
	upgrade, server id files in the former location will be orphaned and
	should be manually removed.
	(Trac #2770, git a622140d411b3f07a68a1451e19df36118a80650)

602.	[bug]		tmark
	Perfdhcp will now exit gracefully if the command line argument for
	IP version (-4 or -6) does not match the command line argument
	given for the server. Prior to this perfdhcp would core when given
	an IP version of -6 but a valid IPv4 address for server.
	(Trac #2784, git 96b66c0c79dccf9a0206a45916b9b23fe9b94f74)

601.	[bug]*		jinmei, vorner
	The "delete record" interface of the database based data source
	was extended so that the parameter includes reversed name in
	addition to the actual name.  This may help the underlying
	accessor implementation if reversed names are more convenient
	for the delete operation.  This was the case for the SQLite3
	accessor implementation, and it now performs delete operations
	much faster.  At a higher level, this means IXFR and DDNS Updates
	to the sqlite3 database are no longer so slow on large zones as
	they were before.
	(Trac #2877, git 33bd949ac7288c61ed0a664b7329b50b36d180e5)

600.	[bug]		tmark
	Changed mysql_lease_mgr to set the SQL mode option to STRICT. This
	causes mysql it to treat invalid input data as an error. Rather than
	"successfully" inserting a too large value by truncating it, the
	insert will fail, and the lease manager will throw an exception.
	Also, attempts to create a HWAddr (hardware address) object with
	too long an array of data now throw an exception.
	(Trac #2387, git cac02e9290600407bd6f3071c6654c1216278616)

599.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Pkt6 class is now able to parse and build relayed DHCPv6
	messages.
	(Trac #2827, git 29c3f7f4e82d7e85f0f5fb692345fd55092796b4)

bind10-1.1.0beta1 released on April 4, 2013

598.	[func]*		jinmei
	The separate "static" data source is now deprecated as it can be
	served in the more generic "MasterFiles" type of data source.
	This means existing configuration may not work after an update.
	If "config show data_sources/classes/CH[0]" on bindctl contains a
	"static" type of data source, you'll need to update it as follows:
	> config set data_sources/classes/CH[0]/type MasterFiles
	> config set data_sources/classes/CH[0]/params {"BIND": =>
	  "<the value of current data_sources/classes/CH[0]/params>"}
	> config set data_sources/classes/CH[0]/cache-enable true
	> config commit
	(Same for CH[1], CH[2], IN[0], etc, if applicable, although it
	should be very unlikely in practice.  Also note: '=>' above
	indicates the next line is actually part of the command.  Do
	not type in this "arrow").
	(Part of Trac #2833, git 0363b4187fe3c1a148ad424af39e12846610d2d7)

597.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp6: Added unit tests for handling requests when no
	IPv6 subnets are configured/defined. Testing these conditions
	was overlooked during implementation of Trac #2719.
	(Trac #2721, git ce7f53b2de60e2411483b4aa31c714763a36da64)

596.	[bug]		jinmei
	Added special handling for the case where b10-auth receives a
	NOTIFY message, but zonemgr isn't running. Previously this was
	logged as a communications problem at the ERROR level, resulting
	in increasing noise when zonemgr is intentionally stopped. Other
	than the log level there is no change in externally visible
	behavior.
	(Trac #2562, git 119eed9938b17cbad3a74c823aa9eddb7cd337c2)

595.	[bug]		tomek
	All DHCP components now gracefully refuse to handle too short
	DUIDs and client-id.
	(Trac #2723, git a043d8ecda6aff57922fe98a33c7c3f6155d5d64)

594.	[func]		muks, pselkirk
	libdns++: the NSEC, DS, DLV, and AFSDB Rdata classes now use the
	generic lexer in constructors from text.  This means that the name
	fields in such RRs in a zone file can now be non-absolute (the
	origin name in that context will be used), e.g., when loaded by
	b10-loadzone.
	(Trac #2386, git dc0f34afb1eccc574421a802557198e6cd2363fa)
	(Trac #2391, git 1450d8d486cba3bee8be46e8001d66898edd370c)

593.	[func]		jelte
	Address + port output and logs is now consistent according to our
	coding guidelines, e.g. <address>:<port> in the case of IPv4, and
	[<address>]:<port> in the case of IPv6, instead of <address>#<port>
	(Trac #1086, git bcefe1e95cdd61ee4a09b20522c3c56b315a1acc)

592.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth and zonemgr now handle some uncommon NOTIFY messages more
	gracefully: auth immediately returns a NOTAUTH response if the
	server does not have authority for the zone (the behavior
	compatible with BIND 9) without bothering zonemgr; zonemgr now
	simply skips retransfer if the specified zone is not in its
	secondary zone list, instead of producing noisy error logs.
	(Trac #1938, git 89d7de8e2f809aef2184b450e7dee1bfec98ad14)

591.	[func]		vorner
	Ported the remaining tests from the old shell/perl based system to
	lettuce. Make target `systest' is now gone. Currently, the lettuce
	tests are in git only, not part of the release tarball.
	(Trac #2624, git df1c5d5232a2ab551cd98b77ae388ad568a683ad)

590.	[bug]		tmark
	Modified "include" statements in DHCP MySQL lease manager code to
	fix build problems if MySQL is installed in a non-standard location.
	(Trac #2825, git 4813e06cf4e0a9d9f453890557b639715e081eca)

589.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-cmdctl now automatically re-reads the user accounts file when
	it is updated.
	(Trac #2710, git 16e8be506f32de668699e6954f5de60ca9d14ddf)

588.	[bug]*		jreed
	b10-xfrout: Log message id XFROUT_QUERY_QUOTA_EXCCEEDED
	changed to XFROUT_QUERY_QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
	(git be41be890f1349ae4c870a887f7acd99ba1eaac5)

587.	[bug]		jelte
	When used from python, the dynamic datasource factory now
	explicitly loads the logging messages dictionary, so that correct
	logging messages does not depend on incidental earlier import
	statements. Also, the sqlite3-specific log messages have been moved
	from the general datasource library to the sqlite3 datasource
	(which also explicitly loads its messages).
	(Trac #2746, git 1c004d95a8b715500af448683e4a07e9b66ea926)

586.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Removed unnecessary calls to the function which
	validates option definitions used to create instances of options
	being decoded in the received packets. Eliminating these calls
	lowered the CPU utilization by the server by approximately 10%.
	Also, added the composite search indexes on the container used to
	store DHCP leases by Memfile backend. This resulted in the
	significant performance rise when using this backend to store
	leases.
	(Trac #2701, git b96a30b26a045cfaa8ad579b0a8bf84f5ed4e73f)

585.	[func]		jinmei, muks
	The zone data loader now accepts RRs in any order during load.
	Before it used to reject adding non-consecutive RRsets. It
	expected records for a single owner name and its type to be
	grouped together. These restrictions are now removed.  It now also
	suppresses any duplicate RRs in the zone file when loading them
	into memory.
	(Trac #2440, git 232307060189c47285121f696d4efb206f632432)
	(Trac #2441, git 0860ae366d73314446d4886a093f4e86e94863d4)

584.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed build failure with Boost 1.53 (and probably higher) in the
	internal utility library.  Note that with -Werror it may still
	fail, but it's due to a Boost bug that is reportedly fixed in their
	development trunk.  See https://svn.boost.org/trac/boost/ticket/8080
	Until the fix is available in a released Boost version you may need
	to specify the --without-werror configure option to build BIND 10.
	(Trac #2764, git ca1da8aa5de24358d7d4e7e9a4625347457118cf)

583.	[func]*		jelte
	b10-cmdctl-usermgr has been updated and its options and arguments
	have changed; it now defaults to the same accounts file as
	b10-cmdctl defaults to. It can now be used to remove users from the
	accounts file as well, and it now accepts command-line arguments to
	specify the username and password to add or remove, in which case
	it will not prompt for them.
	Note that using a password on the command line is not recommended,
	as this can be viewed by other users.
	(Trac #2713, git 9925af3b3f4daa47ba8c2eb66f556b01ed6f0502)

582.	[func]		naokikambe
	New statistics items related unixdomain sockets added into Xfrout :
	open, openfail, close, bindfail, acceptfail, accept, senderr, and
	recverr.  Their values can be obtained by invoking "Stats show Xfrout"
	via bindctl while Xfrout is running.
	(Trac #2225, git 6df60554683165adacc2d1c3d29aa42a0c9141a1)

581.	[func]*		y-aharen
	Added statistics items in b10-auth based on
	http://bind10.isc.org/wiki/StatisticsItems. Qtype counters are
	dropped as it requires further spec design discussion.
	(Trac #2154, Trac #2155,
	             git 61d7c3959eb991b22bc1c0ef8f4ecb96b65d9325)
	(Trac #2157, git e653adac032f871cbd66cd500c37407a56d14589)

bind10-1.0.0-rc released on February 14, 2013

580.	[func]*		muks
	There is no longer a default user account. The old default account
	with username 'root' has been removed. In a fresh installation of
	BIND 10, the administrator has to configure a user account using
	the b10-cmdctl-usermgr program.
	(Trac #2641, git 54e8f4061f92c2f9e5b8564240937515efa6d934)

579.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdatasrc/b10-auth: corrected some corner cases in query handling
	of in-memory data source that led to the following invalid/odd
	responses from b10-auth:
	- duplicate RRs in answer and additional for type ANY query
	- incorrect NSEC for no error, no data (NXRRSET) response that
	  matches a wildcard
	(Trac #2585, git abe78fae4ba3aca5eb01806dd4e05607b1241745)

578.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth now returns closest encloser NSEC3 proof to queries for
	an empty non terminal derived from an Opt-Out NSEC3 RR, as clarified
	in errata 3441 for RFC5155.  Previously it regarded such case as
	broken zone and returned SERVFAIL.
	(Trac #2659, git 24c235cb1b379c6472772d340e21577c3460b742)

577.	[func]		muks
	Added an SQLite3 index on records(rname, rdtype). This decreases
	insert performance by ~28% and adds about ~20% to the file size,
	but increases zone iteration performance. As it introduces a new
	index, a database upgrade would be required.
	(Trac #1756, git 9b3c959af13111af1fa248c5010aa33ee7e307ee)

576.	[bug]		tmark, tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Fixed bug when the server aborts operation when
	receiving renew and there are no IPv6 subnets configured.
	(Trac #2719, git 3132b8b19495470bbfd0f2ba0fe7da443926034b)

575.	[bug]		marcin
	b10-dhcp6: Fixed the bug whereby the subnet for the incoming
	packet was selected using only its source address. The subnet
	is now selected using either source address or the name of the
	server's interface on which the packet has been received.
	(Trac #2704, git 1cbacf19a28bdae50bb9bd3767bca0147fde37ed)

574.	[func]		tmark
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Composite key indexes were added to the lease
	tables to reduce lease search time. The lease4 table now has two
	additional indexes: a) hwaddr/subnet_id and b) client_id/subnet_id.
	The lease6 now has the one additional index: iaid/subnet_id/duid.
	Adding these indexes significantly improves lease acquisition
	performance.
	(Trac #2699, #2703, git 54bbed5fcbe237c5a49b515ae4c55148723406ce)

573.	[bug]		stephen
	Fixed problem whereby the DHCP server crashed if it ran out of
	addresses.  Such a condition now causes a packet to be returned
	to the client refusing the allocation of an address.
	(Trac #2681, git 87ce14cdb121b37afb5b1931af51bed7f6323dd6)

572.	[bug]		marcin
	perfdhcp: Fixed bug where the command line switches used to
	run the perfdhcp where printed as ASCII codes.
	(Trac #2700, git b8d6b949eb7f4705e32fbdfd7694ca2e6a6a5cdc)

571.	[build]		jinmei
	The ./configure script can now handle output from python-config
	--ldflags that contains a space after -L switches.  This fixes
	failure reported on some Solaris environments.
	(Trac #2661, git e6f86f2f5eec8e6003c13d36804a767a840d96d6)

570.	[bug]		tmark, marcin, tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Address renewal now works properly for DHCPv4 clients
	that do not send client ID.
	(Trac #2702, git daf2abe68ce9c111334a15c14e440730f3a085e2)

569.	[bug]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Fix bug whereby a DHCP packet without a client ID
	could crash the MySQL lease database backend.
	(Trac #2697, git b5e2be95d21ed750ad7cf5e15de2058aa8bc45f4)

568.	[func]		muks
	Various message IDs have been renamed to remove the word 'ERROR'
	from them when they are not logged at ERROR severity level.
	(Trac #2672, git 660a0d164feaf055677f375977f7ed327ead893e)

567.	[doc]		marcin, stephen, tomek
	Update DHCP sections of the BIND 10 guide.
	(Trac #2657, git 1d0c2004865d1bf322bf78d13630d992e39179fd)

566.	[func]*		jinmei
	libdns++/Python isc.dns: In Python isc.dns, function style
	constants for RRType, RRClass, Rcode and Opcode were deprecated
	and replaced with straightforward object constants, e.g., from
	RRType.AAAA() to RRType.AAAA.  This is a backward incompatible
	change (see the Trac ticket for a conversion script if needed).
	Also, these constants are now more consistent between C++
	and Python, and RRType constants for all currently standardized
	types are now supported (even if Rdata for these are not yet
	available).
	(Trac #1866 and #2409, git e5005185351cf73d4a611407c2cfcd163f80e428)

565.	[func]*		jelte
	The main initializer script (formerly known as either 'bind10',
	'boss', or 'bob'), has been renamed to b10-init (and Init in
	configuration). Configuring which components are run is henceforth
	done through '/Init/components', and the sbin/bind10 script is now
	simply a shellscript that runs b10-init. Existing configuration is
	automatically updated. NOTE: once configuration with this update
	has been saved (by committing any new change with bindctl), you
	cannot run older versions of BIND 10 anymore with this configuration.
	(Trac #1901, git bae3798603affdb276f370c1ac6b33b011a5ed4f)

564.	[func]		muks
	libdns++: the CNAME, DNAME, MX, NS, PTR and SRV Rdata classes now
	use the generic lexer in constructors from text.  This means that
	the name fields in such RRs in a zone file can now be non-absolute
	(the origin name in that context will be used), e.g., when loaded
	by b10-loadzone. One additional change to the libdns++ API is that
	the existing string constructors for these Rdata classes also use
	the generic lexer, and they now expect an absolute name (with the
	trailing '.') in the name fields.
	(Trac #2390, git a01569277cda3f78b1171bbf79f15ecf502e81e2)
	(Trac #2656, git 5a0d055137287f81e23fbeedd35236fee274596d)

563.	[build]		jinmei
	Added --disable-rpath configure option to avoid embedding library
	paths to binaries.  Patch from Adam Tkac.
	(Trac #2667, git 1c50c5a6ee7e9675e3ab154f2c7f975ef519fca2)

562.	[func]*		vorner
	The b10-xfrin now performs basic sanity check on just received
	zone. It'll reject severely broken zones (such as missing NS
	records).
	(Trac #2439, git 44699b4b18162581cd1dd39be5fb76ca536012e6)

561.	[bug]		kambe, jelte
	b10-stats-httpd no longer dumps request information to the console,
	but uses the bind10 logging system. Additionally, the logging
	identifiers have been changed from STATHTTPD_* to STATSHTTPD_*
	(Trac #1897, git 93716b025a4755a8a2cbf250a9e4187741dbc9bb)

560.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth now sets the TTL of SOA RR for negative responses to
	the minimum of the RR TTL and the minimum TTL of the SOA RDATA
	as specified in RFC2308; previously the RR TTL was always used.
	The ZoneFinder class was extended partly for implementing this
	and partly for allowing further optimization.
	(Trac #2309 and #2635, git ee17e979fcde48b59d91c74ac368244169065f3b)

559.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-cmdctl no longer aborts on basic file issues with its https
	certificate or private key file. It performs additional checks, and
	provides better error logs if these fail. Additionally, bindctl
	provides a better error report if it is unable to connect over
	https connection. This issue could occur if BIND 10 was installed
	with root privileges but then started as a normal user.
	(Trac #2595, git 09b1a2f927483b407d70e98f5982f424cc872149)

558.	[func]		marcin
	b10-dhcp4: server now adds configured options to its
	responses to a client when client requests them.
	A few basic options: Routers, Domain Name, Domain
	Name Servers and Subnet Mask are added regardless
	if client requested them or not.
	(Trac #2591, git aeec2dc1b9c511d17971ac63138576c37e7c5164)

557.	[doc]		stephen
	Update DHCP sections of the BIND 10 guide.
	(Trac #2642, git e5faeb5fa84b7218fde486347359504cf692510e)

556.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed DHCP servers configuration whereby the servers did not
	receive a configuration stored in the database on their startup.
	Also, the configuration handler function now uses full configuration
	instead of partial to configure the server. This guarantees that
	dependencies between various configuration parameters are
	fulfilled.
	(Trac #2637, git 91aa998226f1f91a232f2be59a53c9568c4ece77)

555.	[func]		marcin
	The encapsulated option space name can be specified for
	a DHCP option. It comprises sub-options being sent within
	an option that encapsulates this option space.
	(Trac #2314, git 27e6119093723a1e46a239ec245a8b4b10677635)

554.	[func]		jinmei
	b10-loadzone: improved completion log message and intermediate
	reports: It now logs the precise number of loaded RRs on
	completion, and intermediate reports show additional information
	such as the estimated progress in percentage and estimated time
	to complete.
	(Trac #2574, git 5b8a824054313bdecb8988b46e55cb2e94cb2d6c)

553.	[func]		stephen
	Values of the parameters to access the DHCP server lease database
	can now be set through the BIND 10 configuration mechanism.
	(Trac #2559, git 6c6f405188cc02d2358e114c33daff58edabd52a)

552.	[bug]		shane
	Build on Raspberry PI.
	The main issue was use of char for reading from input streams,
	which is incorrect, as EOF is returned as an int -1, which would
	then get cast into a char -1.
	A number of other minor issues were also fixed.
	(Trac #2571, git 525333e187cc4bbbbde288105c9582c1024caa4a)

551.	[bug]		shane
	Kill msgq if we cannot connect to it on startup.
	When the boss process was unable to connect to the msgq, it would
	exit. However, it would leave the msgq process running. This has
	been fixed, and the msgq is now stopped in this case.
	(Trac #2608, git 016925ef2437e0396127e135c937d3a55539d224)

550.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: The DHCPv4 server now generates a server identifier
	the first time it is run. The identifier is preserved in a file
	across server restarts.
	b10-dhcp6: The server identifier is now preserved in a file across
	server restarts.
	(Trac #2597, git fa342a994de5dbefe32996be7eebe58f6304cff7)

549.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: It is now possible to specify that a configured subnet
	is reachable locally over specified interface (see "interface"
	parameter in Subnet6 configuration).
	(Trac #2596, git a70f6172194a976b514cd7d67ce097bbca3c2798)

548.	[func]		vorner
	The message queue daemon now appears on the bus. This has two
	effects, one is it obeys logging configuration and logs to the
	correct place like the rest of the modules. The other is it
	appears in bindctl as module (but it doesn't have any commands or
	configuration yet).
	(Trac #2582, git ced31d8c5a0f2ca930b976d3caecfc24fc04634e)

547.	[func]*		vorner
	The b10-loadzone now performs more thorough sanity check on the
	loaded data.  Some of the checks are now fatal and zone failing
	them will be rejected.
	(Trac #2436, git 48d999f1cb59f308f9f30ba2639521d2a5a85baa)

546.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP option definitions can be now created using the
	Configuration Manager. The option definition specifies
	the option code, name and the types of the data being
	carried by the option.  The Configuration Manager
	reports an error on attempt to override standard DHCP
	option definition.
	(Trac #2317, git 71e25eb81e58a695cf3bad465c4254b13a50696e)

545.	[func]		jinmei
	libdns++: the SOA Rdata class now uses the generic lexer in
	constructors from text.  This means that the MNAME and RNAME of an
	SOA RR in a zone file can now be non absolute (the origin name
	in that context will be used), e.g., when loaded by b10-loadzone.
	(Trac #2500, git 019ca218027a218921519f205139b96025df2bb5)

544.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: Allocation engine support for IPv4 added. Currently
	supported operations are server selection (Discover/Offer),
	address assignment (Request/Ack), address renewal (Request/Ack),
	and address release (Release). Expired leases can be reused.
	Some options (e.g. Router Option) are still hardcoded, so the
	DHCPv4 server is not yet usable, although its address allocation
	is operational.
	(Trac #2320, git 60606cabb1c9584700b1f642bf2af21a35c64573)

543.	[func]*		jelte
	When calling getFullConfig() as a module, , the configuration is now
	returned as properly-structured JSON.  Previously, the structure had
	been flattened, with all data being labelled by fully-qualified
	element names.
	(Trac #2619, git bed3c88c25ea8f7e951317775e99ebce3340ca22)

542.	[func]		marcin
	Created OptionSpace and OptionSpace6 classes to represent DHCP
	option spaces. The option spaces are used to group instances
	and definitions of options having unique codes. A special type
	of option space is the so-called "vendor specific option space"
	which groups sub-options sent within Vendor Encapsulated Options.
	The new classes are not used yet but they will be used once
	the creation of option spaces by configuration manager is
	implemented.
	(Trac #2313, git 37a27e19be874725ea3d560065e5591a845daa89)

541.	[func]		marcin
	Added routines to search for configured DHCP options and their
	definitions using name of the option space they belong to.
	New routines are called internally from the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6
	servers code.
	(Trac #2315, git 741fe7bc96c70df35d9a79016b0aa1488e9b3ac8)

540.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP Option values can be now specified using a string of
	tokens separated with comma sign. Subsequent tokens are used
	to set values for corresponding data fields in a particular
	DHCP option. The format of the token matches the data type
	of the corresponding option field: e.g. "192.168.2.1" for IPv4
	address, "5" for integer value etc.
	(Trac #2545, git 792c129a0785c73dd28fd96a8f1439fe6534a3f1)

539.	[func]		stephen
	Add logging to the DHCP server library.
	(Trac #2524, git b55b8b6686cc80eed41793c53d1779f4de3e9e3c)

538.	[bug]		muks
	Added escaping of special characters (double-quotes, semicolon,
	backslash, etc.) in text-like RRType's toText() implementation.
	Without this change, some TXT and SPF RDATA were incorrectly
	stored in SQLite3 datasource as they were not escaped.
	(Trac #2535, git f516fc484544b7e08475947d6945bc87636d4115)

537.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Support for RELEASE message has been added. Clients
	are now able to release their non-temporary IPv6 addresses.
	(Trac #2326, git 0974318566abe08d0702ddd185156842c6642424)

536.	[build]		jinmei
	Detect a build issue on FreeBSD with g++ 4.2 and Boost installed via
	FreeBSD ports at ./configure time.  This seems to be a bug of
	FreeBSD	ports setup and has been reported to the maintainer:
	http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=174753
	Until it's fixed, you need to build BIND 10 for FreeBSD that has
	this problem with specifying --without-werror, with clang++
	(development version), or with manually extracted Boost header
	files (no compiled Boost library is necessary).
	(Trac #1991, git 6b045bcd1f9613e3835551cdebd2616ea8319a36)

535.	[bug]		jelte
	The log4cplus internal logging mechanism has been disabled, and no
	output from the log4cplus library itself should be printed to
	stderr anymore. This output can be enabled by using the
	compile-time option --enable-debug.
	(Trac #1081, git db55f102b30e76b72b134cbd77bd183cd01f95c0)

534.	[func]*		vorner
	The b10-msgq now uses the same logging format as the rest
	of the system. However, it still doesn't obey the common
	configuration, as due to technical issues it is not able
	to read it yet.
	(git 9e6e821c0a33aab0cd0e70e51059d9a2761f76bb)

bind10-1.0.0-beta released on December 20, 2012

533.	[build]*		jreed
	Changed the package name in configure.ac from bind10-devel
	to bind10. This means the default sub-directories for
	etc, include, libexec, share, share/doc, and var are changed.
	If upgrading from a previous version, you may need to move
	and update your configurations or change references for the
	old locations.
	(git bf53fbd4e92ae835280d49fbfdeeebd33e0ce3f2)

532.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented configuration of DHCPv4 option values using
	the configuration manager. In order to set values for the
	data fields carried by a particular option, the user
	specifies a string of hexadecimal digits that is converted
	to binary data and stored in the option buffer. A more
	user-friendly way of specifying option content is planned.
	(Trac #2544, git fed1aab5a0f813c41637807f8c0c5f8830d71942)

531.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Added support for expired leases. Leases for IPv6
	addresses that are past their valid lifetime may be recycled, i.e.
	relocated to other clients if needed.
	(Trac #2327, git 62a23854f619349d319d02c3a385d9bc55442d5e)

530.	[func]*		team
	b10-loadzone was fully overhauled.  It now uses C++-based zone
	parser and loader library, performing stricter checks, having
	more complete support for master file formats, producing more
	helpful logs, is more extendible for various types of data
	sources, and yet much faster than the old version.  In
	functionality the new version should be generally backwards
	compatible to the old version, but there are some
	incompatibilities: name fields of RDATA (in NS, SOA, etc) must
	be absolute for now; due to the stricter checks some input that was
	(incorrectly) accepted by the old version may now be rejected;
	command line options and arguments are not compatible.
	(Trac #2380, git 689b015753a9e219bc90af0a0b818ada26cc5968)

529.	[func]*		team
	The in-memory data source now uses a more complete master
	file parser to load textual zone files.  As of this change
	it supports multi-line RR representation and more complete
	support for escaped and quoted strings.  It also produces
	more helpful log messages when there is an error in the zone
	file.  It will be enhanced as more specific tasks in the
	#2368 meta ticket are completed.  The new parser is generally
	backward compatible to the previous one, but due to the
	tighter checks some input that has been accepted so far
	could now be rejected, so it's advisable to check if you
	use textual zone files directly loaded to memory.
	(Trac #2470, git c4cf36691115c15440b65cac16f1c7fcccc69521)

528.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented definitions for DHCPv4 option definitions identified
	by option codes: 1 to 63, 77, 81-82, 90-92, 118-119, 124-125.
	These definitions are now used by the DHCPv4 server to parse
	options received from a client.
	(Trac #2526, git 50a73567e8067fdbe4405b7ece5b08948ef87f98)

527.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in the synchronous UDP server code where unexpected
	errors from ASIO or the system libraries could cause b10-auth to
	stop. In asynchronous mode these errors would be ignored
	completely. Both types have been updated to report the problem with
	an ERROR log message, drop the packet, and continue service.
	(Trac #2494, git db92f30af10e6688a7dc117b254cb821e54a6d95)

526.	[bug]		stephen
	Miscellaneous fixes to DHCP code including rationalisation of
	some methods in LeaseMgr and resolving some Doxygen/cppcheck
	issues.
	(Trac #2546, git 0140368ed066c722e5d11d7f9cf1c01462cf7e13)

525.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: DHCPv4 server is now able to parse configuration. It
	is possible to specify IPv4 subnets with dynamic pools within
	them. Although configuration is accepted, it is not used yet. This
	will be implemented shortly.
	(Trac #2270, git de29c07129d41c96ee0d5eebdd30a1ea7fb9ac8a)

524.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6 is now able to handle RENEW messages. Leases are
	renewed and REPLY responses are sent back to clients.
	(Trac #2325, git 7f6c9d057cc0a7a10f41ce7da9c8565b9ee85246)

523.	[bug]		muks
	Fixed a problem in inmem NSEC3 lookup (for, instance when using a
	zone with no non-apex names) which caused exceptions when the zone
	origin was not added as an explicit NSEC3 record.
	(Trac #2503, git 6fe86386be0e7598633fe35999112c1a6e3b0370)

522.	[func]*		jelte
	Configuration of TSIG keys for b10-xfrin has changed; instead of
	specifying the full TSIG key (<name>:<base64>:<algo>) it now expects
	just the name, and uses the global TSIG Key Ring like all the other
	components (configuration list /tsig_keys/keys).
	Note: this is not automatically updated, so if you use TSIG in
	xfrin, you need to update your configuration.
	(Trac #1351, git e65b7b36f60f14b7abe083da411e6934cdfbae7a)

521.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented definitions for DHCPv6 standard options identified
	by codes up to 48. These definitions are now used by the DHCPv6
	server to create instances of options being sent to a client.
	(Trac #2491, git 0a4faa07777189ed9c25211987a1a9b574015a95)

520.	[func]		jelte
	The system no longer prints initial log messages to stdout
	regardless of what logging configuration is present, but it
	temporarily stores any log messages until the configuration is
	processed. If there is no specific configuration, or if the
	configuration cannot be accessed, it will still fall back to stdout.
	Note that there are still a few instances where output is printed,
	these shall be addressed separately.
	Note also that, currently, in case it falls back to stdout (such as
	when it cannot connect to b10-cfgmgr), all log messages are always
	printed (including debug messages), regardless of whether -v was
	used. This shall also be addressed in a future change.
	(Trac #2445, git 74a0abe5a6d10b28e4a3e360e87b129c232dea68)

519.	[bug]		muks
	Fixed a problem in inmem NSEC lookup which caused returning an
	incorrect NSEC record or (in rare cases) assert failures
	when a non-existent domain was queried, which was a sub-domain of
	a domain that existed.
	(Trac #2504, git 835553eb309d100b062051f7ef18422d2e8e3ae4)

518.	[func]		stephen
	Extend DHCP MySQL backend to handle IPv4 addresses.
	(Trac #2404, git ce7db48d3ff5d5aad12b1da5e67ae60073cb2607)

517.	[func]		stephen
	Added IOAddress::toBytes() to get byte representation of address.
	Also added convenience methods for V4/V6 address determination.
	(Trac #2396, git c23f87e8ac3ea781b38d688f8f7b58539f85e35a)

516.	[bug]		marcin
	Fixed 'make distcheck' failure when running perfdhcp unit tests.
	The unit tests used to read files from the folder specified
	with the path relative to current folder, thus when the test was
	run from a different folder the files could not be found.
	(Trac #2479, git 4e8325e1b309f1d388a3055ec1e1df98c377f383)

515.	[bug]		jinmei
	The in-memory data source now accepts an RRSIG provided without
	a covered RRset in loading.  A subsequent query for its owner name
	of the covered type would generally result in NXRRSET; if the
	covered RRset is of type NSEC3, the corresponding NSEC3 processing
	would result in SERVFAIL.
	(Trac #2420, git 6744c100953f6def5500bcb4bfc330b9ffba0f5f)

514.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-msgq now handles socket errors more gracefully when sending data
	to clients. It no longer exits with 'broken pipe' errors, and is
	also better at resending data on temporary error codes from send().
	(Trac #2398, git 9f6b45ee210a253dca608848a58c824ff5e0d234)

513.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented the OptionCustom class for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6.
	This class represents an option which has a defined
	structure: a set of data fields of specific types and order.
	It is used to represent those options that can't be
	represented by any other specialized class.
	(Trac #2312, git 28d885b457dda970d9aecc5de018ec1120143a10)

512.	[func]		jelte
	Added a new tool b10-certgen, to check and update the self-signed
	SSL certificate used by b10-cmdctl. The original certificate
	provided has been removed, and a fresh one is generated upon first
	build. See the b10-certgen manpage for information on how to update
	existing installed certificates.
	(Trac #1044, git 510773dd9057ccf6caa8241e74a7a0b34ca971ab)

511.	[bug]		stephen
	Fixed a race condition in the DHCP tests whereby the test program
	spawned a subprocess and attempted to read (without waiting) from
	the interconnecting pipe before the subprocess had written
	anything.  The lack of output was being interpreted as a test
	failure.
	(Trac #2410, git f53e65cdceeb8e6da4723730e4ed0a17e4646579)

510.	[func]		marcin
	DHCP option instances can be created using a collection of strings.
	Each string represents a value of a particular data field within
	an option. The data field values, given as strings, are validated
	against the actual types of option fields specified in the options
	definitions.
	(Trac #2490, git 56cfd6612fcaeae9acec4a94e1e5f1a88142c44d)

509.	[func]		muks
	Log messages now include the pid of the process that logged the
	message.
	(Trac #1745, git fc8bbf3d438e8154e7c2bdd322145a7f7854dc6a)

508.	[bug]		stephen
	Split the DHCP library into two directories, each with its own
	Makefile.  This properly solves the problem whereby a "make"
	operation with multiple threads could fail because of the
	dependencies between two libraries in the same directory.
	(Trac #2475, git 834fa9e8f5097c6fd06845620f68547a97da8ff8)

bind10-devel-20121115 released on November 15, 2012

507.	[doc]		jelte
	Added a chapter about the use of the bindctl command tool to
	to the BIND 10 guide.
	(Trac #2305, git c4b0294b5bf4a9d32fb18ab62ca572f492788d72)

506.	[security]		jinmei
	Fixed a use-after-free case in handling DNAME record with the
	in-memory data source.  This could lead to a crash of b10-auth
	if it serves a zone containing a DNAME RR from the in-memory
	data source.  This bug was introduced at bind10-devel-20120927.
	(Trac #2471, git 2b1793ac78f972ddb1ae2fd092a7f539902223ff)

505.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in b10-xfrin where a wrong call was made during the
	final check of a TSIG-signed transfer, incorrectly rejecting the
	transfer.
	(Trac #2464, git eac81c0cbebee72f6478bdb5cda915f5470d08e1)

504.	[bug]*		naokikambe
	Fixed an XML format viewed from b10-stats-httpd. Regarding
	per-zone counters as zones of Xfrout, a part of the item
	values wasn't an exact XML format. A zone name can be
	specified in URI as
	/bind10/statistics/xml/Xfrout/zones/example.org/xfrreqdone.
	XSD and XSL formats are also changed to constant ones due
	to these changes.
	(Trac #2298, git 512d2d46f3cb431bcdbf8d90af27bff8874ba075)

503.	[func]		Stephen
	Add initial version of a MySQL backend for the DHCP code.  This
	implements the basic IPv6 lease access functions - add lease, delete
	lease and update lease.  The backend is enabled by specifying
	--with-dhcp-mysql on the "configure" command line: without this
	switch, the MySQL code is not compiled, so leaving BIND 10 able to
	be built on systems without MySQL installed.
	(Trac #2342, git c7defffb89bd0f3fdd7ad2437c78950bcb86ad37)

502.	[func]		vorner
	TTLs can be specified with units as well as number of seconds now.
	This allows specifications like "1D3H".
	(Trac #2384, git 44c321c37e17347f33ced9d0868af0c891ff422b)

501.	[func]		tomek
	Added DHCPv6 allocation engine, now used in the processing of DHCPv6
	messages.
	(Trac #2414, git b3526430f02aa3dc3273612524d23137b8f1fe87)

500.	[bug]		jinmei
	Corrected the autoconf example in the examples directory so it can
	use the configured path to Boost to check availability of the BIND 10
	library.  Previously the sample configure script could fail if
	Boost is installed in an uncommon place.  Also, it now provides a
	helper m4 function and example usage for embedding the library
	path to executable (using linker options like -Wl,-R) to help
	minimize post-build hassles.
	(Trac #2356, git 36514ddc884c02a063e166d44319467ce6fb1d8f)

499.	[func]		team
	The b10-auth 'loadzone' command now uses the internal thread
	introduced in 495 to (re)load a zone in the background, so that
	query processing isn't blocked while loading a zone.
	(Trac #2213, git 686594e391c645279cc4a95e0e0020d1c01fba7e)

498.	[func]		marcin
	Implemented DHCPv6 option values configuration using configuration
	manager. In order to set values for data fields carried by the
	particular option, user specifies the string of hexadecimal digits
	that is in turn converted to binary data and stored into option
	buffer. More user friendly way of option content specification is
	planned.
	(Trac #2318, git e75c686cd9c14f4d6c2a242a0a0853314704fee9)

497.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed several issues in isc-sysinfo:
	- make sure it doesn't report a negative value for free memory
	  size (this happened on FreeBSD, but can possibly occur on other
	  BSD variants)
	- correctly identifies the SMP support in kernel on FreeBSD
	- print more human readable uptime as well as the time in seconds
	(Trac #2297, git 59a449f506948e2371ffa87dcd19059388bd1657)

496.	[func]		tomek
	DHCPv6 Allocation Engine implemented. It allows address allocation
	from the configured subnets/pools. It currently features a single
	allocator: IterativeAllocator, which assigns addresses iteratively.
	Other allocators (hashed, random) are planned.
	(Trac #2324, git 8aa188a10298e3a55b725db36502a99d2a8d638a)

495.	[func]		team
	b10-auth now handles reconfiguration of data sources in
	background using a separate thread.  This means even if the new
	configuration includes a large amount of data to be loaded into
	memory (very large zones and/or a very large number of zones),
	the reconfiguration doesn't block query handling.
	(Multiple Trac tickets up to #2211)

494.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed a problem that shutting down BIND 10 kept some of the
	processes alive.  It was two-fold: when the main bind10 process
	started as a root, started b10-sockcreator with the privilege, and
	then dropped the privilege, the bind10 process cannot kill the
	sockcreator via signal any more (when it has to), but it kept
	sending the signal and didn't stop.  Also, when running on Python
	3.1 (or older), the sockcreator had some additional file
	descriptor open, which prevented it from exiting even after the
	bind10 process terminated.  Now the bind10 process simply gives up
	killing a subprocess if it fails due to lack of permission, and it
	makes sure the socket creator is spawned without any unnecessary
	FDs open.
	(Trac #1858, git 405d85c8a0042ba807a3a123611ff383c4081ee1)

493.	[build]		jinmei
	Fixed build failure with newer versions of clang++.  These
	versions are stricter regarding "unused variable" and "unused
	(driver) arguments" warnings, and cause fatal build error
	with -Werror.  The affected versions of clang++ include Apple's
	customized version 4.1 included in Xcode 4.5.1.  So this fix
	will solve build errors for Mac OS X that uses newer versions of
	Xcode.
	(Trac #2340, git 55be177fc4f7537143ab6ef5a728bd44bdf9d783,
	3e2a372012e633d017a97029d13894e743199741 and commits before it
	with [2340] in the commit log)

492.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcpsrv: The DHCP Configuration Manager is now able to store
	information about IPv4 subnets and pools. It is still not possible
	to configure that information. Such capability will be implemented
	in a near future.
	(Trac #2237, git a78e560343b41f0f692c7903c938b2b2b24bf56b)

491.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Configuration for DHCPv6 has been implemented.
	Currently it is possible to configure IPv6 subnets and pools
	within those subnets, global and per subnet values of renew,
	rebind, preferred and valid lifetimes. Configured parameters
	are accepted, but are not used yet by the allocation engine yet.
	(Trac #2269, git 028bed9014b15facf1a29d3d4a822c9d14fc6411)

490.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcpsrv: An abstract API for lease database has been
	implemented. It offers a common interface to all concrete
	database backends.
	(Trac #2140, git df196f7609757253c4f2f918cd91012bb3af1163)

489.	[func]		muks
	The isc::dns::RRsetList class has been removed. It was now unused
	inside the BIND 10 codebase, and the interface was considered
	prone to misuse.
	(Trac #2266, git 532ac3d0054f6a11b91ee369964f3a84dabc6040)

488.	[build]		jinmei
	On configure, changed the search order for Python executable.
	It first tries more specific file names such as "python3.2" before
	more generic "python3".  This will prevent configure failure on
	Mac OS X that installs Python3 via recent versions of Homebrew.
	(Trac #2339, git 88db890d8d1c64de49be87f03c24a2021bcf63da)

487.	[bug]		jinmei
	The bind10 process now terminates a component (subprocess) by the
	"config remove Boss/components" bindctl command even if the
	process crashes immediately before the command is sent to bind10.
	Previously this led to an inconsistent state between the
	configuration and an internal component list of bind10, and bind10
	kept trying to restart the component.  A known specific case of
	this problem is that b10-ddns could keep failing (due to lack of
	dependency modules) and the administrator couldn't stop the
	restart via bindctl.
	(Trac #2244, git 7565788d06f216ab254008ffdfae16678bcd00e5)

486.	[bug]*		jinmei
	All public header files for libb10-dns++ are now installed.
	Template configure.ac and utility AC macros for external projects
	using the library are provided under the "examples" directory.
	The src/bin/host was moved as part of the examples (and not
	installed with other BIND 10 programs any more).
	(Trac #1870, git 4973e638d354d8b56dcadf71123ef23c15662021)

485.	[bug]		jelte
	Several bugs have been fixed in bindctl; tab-completion now works
	within configuration lists, the problem where sometimes the
	completion added a part twice has been solved, and it no longer
	suggests the confusing value 'argument' as a completion-hint for
	configuration items. Additionally, bindctl no longer crashes upon
	input like 'config remove Boss'.
	(Trac #2254, git 9047de5e8f973e12e536f7180738e6b515439448)

484.	[func]		tomek
	A new library (libb10-dhcpsrv) has been created. At present, it
	only holds the code for the DHCP Configuration Manager. Currently
	this object only supports basic configuration storage for the DHCPv6
	server, but that capability will be expanded.
	(Trac #2238, git 6f29861b92742da34be9ae76968e82222b5bfd7d)

bind10-devel-20120927 released on September 27, 2012

483.	[func]		marcin
	libdhcp++: Added new parameter to define sub-second timeout
	for DHCP packet reception. The total timeout is now specified
	by two parameters:  first specifies integral number of
	seconds, second (which defaults to 0) specifies fractional
	seconds with microsecond resolution.
	(Trac #2231, git 15560cac16e4c52129322e3cb1787e0f47cf7850)

482.	[func]		team
	Memory footprint of the in-memory data source has been
	substantially improved.  For example, b10-auth now requires much
	less memory than BIND 9 named for loading and serving the same
	zone in-memory.  This is a transparent change in terms of user
	operation; there's no need to update or change the configuration
	to enable this feature.
	Notes: multiple instances of b10-auth still make separate copies
	of the memory image.  Also, loading zones in memory still suspends
	query processing, so manual reloading or reloading after incoming
	transfer may cause service disruption for huge zones.
	(Multiple Trac tickets, Summarized in Trac #2101)

481.	[bug]		vorner
	The abbreviated form of IP addresses in ACLs is accepted
	(eg. "from": ["127.0.0.1", "::1"] now works).
	(Trac #2191, git 48b6e91386b46eed383126ad98dddfafc9f7e75e)

480.	[doc]		vorner
	Added documentation about global TSIG key ring to the Guide.
	(Trac #2189, git 52177bb31f5fb8e134aecb9fd039c368684ad2df)

479.	[func]		marcin
	Refactored perfdhcp tool to C++, added missing unit tests and removed
	the old code. The new code uses libdhcp++ (src/lib/dhcp) for DHCP
	packet management, network interface management and packet
	transmission.
	(Trac #1954, git 8d56105742f3043ed4b561f26241f3e4331f51dc)
	(Trac #1955, git 6f914bb2c388eb4dd3e5c55297f8988ab9529b3f)
	(Trac #1956, git 6f914bb2c388eb4dd3e5c55297f8988ab9529b3f)
	(Trac #1957, git 7fca81716ad3a755bf5744e88c3adeef15b04450)
	(Trac #1958, git 94e17184270cda58f55e6da62e845695117fede3)
	(Trac #1959, git a8cf043db8f44604c7773e047a9dc2861e58462a)
	(Trac #1960, git 6c192e5c0903f349b4d80cf2bb6cd964040ae7da)

478.	[func]		naokikambe
	New statistics items added into b10-xfrout: ixfr_running and
	axfr_running.  Their values can be obtained by invoking "Stats show
	Xfrout" via bindctl while b10-xfrout is running.
	(Trac #2222, git 91311bdbfea95f65c5e8bd8294ba08fac12405f1)

477.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a problem with b10-msgq on OSX when using a custom Python
	installation, that offers an unreliable select.poll() interface.
	(Trac #2190, git e0ffa11d49ab949ee5a4ffe7682b0e6906667baa)

476.	[bug]		vorner
	The Xfrin now accepts transfers with some TSIG signatures omitted, as
	allowed per RFC2845, section 4.4. This solves a compatibility
	issues with Knot and NSD.
	(Trac #1357, git 7ca65cb9ec528118f370142d7e7b792fcc31c9cf)

475.	[func]		naokikambe
	Added Xfrout statistics counters: notifyoutv4, notifyoutv6,
	xfrrej, and xfrreqdone. These are per-zone type counters.
	The value of these counters can be seen with zone name by
	invoking "Stats show Xfrout" via bindctl.
	(Trac #2158, git e68c127fed52e6034ab5309ddd506da03c37a08a)

474.	[func]		stephen
	DHCP servers now use the BIND 10 logging system for messages.
	(Trac #1545, git de69a92613b36bd3944cb061e1b7c611c3c85506)

473.	[bug]		jelte
	TCP connections now time out in b10-auth if no (or not all) query
	data is sent by the client. The timeout value defaults to 5000
	milliseconds, but is configurable in Auth/tcp_recv_timeout.
	(Trac #357, git cdf3f04442f8f131542bd1d4a2228a9d0bed12ff)

472.	[build]		jreed
	All generated documentation is removed from the git repository.
	The ./configure --enable-man option is removed. A new option
	-enable-generate-docs is added; it checks for required
	documentation building dependencies. Dummy documentation is
	built and installed if not used. Distributed tarballs will
	contain the generated documentation.
	(Trac #1687, git 2d4063b1a354f5048ca9dfb195e8e169650f43d0)

471.	[bug]		vorner
	Fixed a problem when b10-loadzone tried to tread semicolon
	in string data as start of comment, which caused invalid
	data being loaded.
	(Trac #2188, git 12efec3477feb62d7cbe36bdcfbfc7aa28a36f57)

470.	[func]		naokikambe
	The stats module now supports partial statistics updates. Each
	module can return only statistics data which have been updated since
	the last time it sent them to the stats module. The purpose of partial
	updates is to reduce the amount of statistics data sent through the
	message queue.
	(Trac #2179, git d659abdd9f3f369a29830831297f64484ac7b051)

469.	[bug]		jelte
	libdatasrc: the data source client list class now ignores zone
	content problems (such as out-of-zone data) in MasterFiles type
	zones, instead of aborting the entire configuration.  It only logs
	an error, and all other zones and datasources are still loaded. The
	error log message has been improved to include the zone origin and
	source file name.  As a result of this change, b10-auth no longer
	exits upon encountering such errors during startup.
	(Trac #2178, git a75ed413e8a1c8e3702beea4811a46a1bf519bbd)

468.	[func]*		naokikambe, fujiwara
	b10-stats polls the bind10 and b10-auth with new 'getstats' command
	to retrieve statistics data.  The "poll-interval" parameter in
	b10-stats is for configuring the polling interval.  All statistics
	data collected once are preserved while b10-stats is running.
	The "sendstats" command was removed from bind10 and b10-auth. The
	"statistics-interval" configuration item was removed from b10-auth.
	(Trac #2136, git dcb5ce50b4b4e50d28247d5f8b5cb8d90bda942a)
	(Trac #2137, git d53bb65a43f6027b15a6edc08c137951e3ce5e0e)
	(Trac #2138, git b34e3313460eebc9c272ca8c1beb27297c195150)

bind10-devel-20120816 released on August 16, 2012

467.	[bug]		jelte
	For configurations, allow named sets to contain lists of items.
	(Trac #2114, git 712637513505f7afb8434292ca2a98c3517dffd3)

466.	[func]		jelte
	Allow bindctl to add and remove items to and from lists
	and dicts for items of type "any". This is for easier
	configurations.
	(Trac #2184, git ad2d728d1496a9ff59d622077850eed0638b54eb)

465.	[doc]		vorner
	Improved documentation about ACLs in the Guide.
	(Trac #2066, git 76f733925b3f3560cfc2ee96d2a19905b623bfc3)

464.	[func]		jelte, muks
	libdns++: The LabelSequence class has been extended with some new
	methods.  These are mainly intended for internal development, but
	the class is public, so interested users may want to look into the
	extensions.
	(Trac #2052, git 57c61f2^..dbef0e2)
	(Trac #2053, git 1fc2b06b57a008ec602daa2dac79939b3cc6b65d)
	(Trac #2086, git 3fac7d5579c5f51b8e952b50db510b45bfa986f3)
	(Trac #2087, git 49ad6346f574d00cfbd1d12905915fd0dd6a0bac)
	(Trac #2148, git 285c2845ca96e7ef89f9158f1dea8cda147b6566)

463.	[func]		jinmei
	Python isc.dns: the Name, RRType and RRClass classes are now
	hashable.  So, for example, objects of these classes can be used
	as a dictionary key.
	(Trac #1883, git 93ec40dd0a1df963c676037cc60c066c748b3030)

462.	[build]		jreed
	BIND 10 now compiles against googletest-1.6.0 versions that are
	installed on the system as source code. For such versions, use the
	--with-gtest-source configure switch.
	(Trac #1999, git 6a26d459a40d7eed8ebcff01835377b3394a78de)

461.	[bug]		muks
	We now set g+w and g+s permissions (mode 02770) during
	installation for the BIND 10 local state directory
	($prefix/var/bind10-devel/) so that permissions to files
	and sub-directories created in that directory are inherited.
	(Trac #2171, git ab4d20907abdb3ce972172463dcc73405b3dee79)

460.	[bug]		muks
	SSHFP's algorithm and fingerprint type checks have been relaxed
	such that they will accept any values in [0,255]. This is so that
	future algorithm and fingerprint types are accommodated.
	(Trac #2124, git 49e6644811a7ad09e1326f20dd73ab43116dfd21)

459.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: DHCPv6 server component is now integrated into
	BIND 10 framework. It can be started from BIND 10 (using bindctl)
	and can receive commands. The only supported command for now
	is 'Dhcp6 shutdown'.
	b10-dhcp4: Command line-switch '-s' to disable msgq was added.
	b10-dhcp6: Command line-switch '-s' to disable msgq was added.
	(Trac #1708, git e0d7c52a71414f4de1361b09d3c70431c96daa3f)

458.	[build]*		jinmei
	BIND 10 now relies on Boost offset_ptr, which caused some new
	portability issues.  Such issues are detected at ./configure time.
	If ./configure stops due to this, try the following workaround:
	- If it's about the use of mutable for a reference with clang++,
	  upgrade Boost version to 1.44 or higher, or try a different
	  compiler (e.g. g++ generally seems to be free from this issue)
	- If it's about the use of "variadic templates", specify
	  --without-werror so the warning won't be promoted to an error.
	  Specifying BOOST_NO_USER_CONFIG in CXXFLAGS may also work
	  (which would be the case if Boost is installed via pkgsrc)
	(Trac #2147, git 30061d1139aad8716e97d6b620c259752fd0a3cd)

457.	[build]*		muks
	BIND 10 library names now have a "b10-" prefix. This is to avoid
	clashes with other similarly named libraries on the system.
	(Trac #2071, git ac20a00c28069804edc0a36050995df52f601efb)

456.	[build]		muks
	BIND 10 now compiles against log4cplus-1.1.0 (RC releases)
	also.  Note: some older versions of log4cplus don't work any more;
	known oldest workable version is 1.0.4.  Thanks to John Lumby for
	sending a patch.
	(Trac #2169, git 7d7e5269d57451191c0aef1b127d292d3615fe2c)

455.	[func]*		vorner
	The server now uses newer API for data sources. This would be an
	internal change, however, the data sources are now configured
	differently. Please, migrate your configuration to the top-level
	"data_sources" module.  Also the bind10 -n and --no-cache
	and b10-auth -n options are removed.
	(Trac #1976, git 0d4685b3e7603585afde1b587cbfefdfaf6a1bb3)

454.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-cfgmgr now loads its configuration check plugins directly from
	the plugin search path, as opposed to importing them from the
	general python system module path list; this prevents naming
	conflicts with real python modules.
	(Trac #2119, git 2f68d7ac5c3c7cc88a3663191113eece32d46a3d)

453.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-auth no longer tries to send DDNS UPDATE messages to b10-ddns if
	b10-ddns is not running. Sending an UPDATE to BIND 10 that is not
	configured to run DDNS will now result in a response with rcode
	NOTIMP instead of SERVFAIL.
	(Trac #1986, git bd6b0a5ed3481f78fb4e5cb0b18c7b6e5920f9f8)

452.	[func]		muks, jelte
	isc-sysinfo: An initial implementation of the isc-sysinfo
	tool is now available for Linux, OpenBSD, FreeBSD, and Mac
	OS X. It gathers and outputs system information which can
	be used by future tech support staff. This includes a
	generic Python "sysinfo" module.
	(Trac #2062, #2121, #2122, #2172,
	git 144e80212746f8d55e6a59edcf689fec9f32ae95)

451.	[bug]		muks, jinmei
	libdatasrc: the database-based data source now correctly returns
	glue records on (not under) a zone cut, such as in the case where
	the NS name of an NS record is identical to its owner name. (Note:
	libdatasrc itself doesn't judge what kind of record type can be a
	"glue"; it's the caller's responsibility.)
	(Trac #1771, git 483f1075942965f0340291e7ff7dae7806df22af)

450.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4: DHCPv4 server component is now integrated into
	BIND 10 framework. It can be started from BIND 10 (using bindctl)
	and can receive commands. The only supported command for now
	is 'Dhcp4 shutdown'.
	(Trac #1651, git 7e16a5a50d3311e63d10a224ec6ebcab5f25f62c)

bind10-devel-20120621 released on June 21, 2012

449.	[bug]		muks
	b10-xfin: fixed a bug where xfrin sent the wrong notification
	message to zonemgr on successful zone transfer. This also
	solves other reported problems such as too frequent attempts
	of zone refreshing (see Trac #1786 and #1834).
	(Trac #2023, git b5fbf8a408a047a2552e89ef435a609f5df58d8c)

448.	[func]		team
	b10-ddns is now functional and handles dynamic update requests
	per RFC 2136.  See BIND 10 guide for configuration and operation
	details.
	(Multiple Trac tickets)

447.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed a bug in b10-xfrout where a helper thread could fall into
	an infinite loop if b10-auth stops while the thread is waiting for
	forwarded requests from b10-auth.
	(Trac #988 and #1833, git 95a03bbefb559615f3f6e529d408b749964d390a)

446.	[bug]		muks
	A number of warnings reported by Python about unclosed file and
	socket objects were fixed. Some related code was also made safer.
	(Trac #1828, git 464682a2180c672f1ed12d8a56fd0a5ab3eb96ed)

445.	[bug]*		jinmei
	The pre-install check for older SQLite3 DB now refers to the DB
	file with the prefix of DESTDIR.  This ensures that 'make install'
	with specific DESTDIR works regardless of the version of the DB
	file installed in the default path.
	(Trac #1982, git 380b3e8ec02ef45555c0113ee19329fe80539f71)

444.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdatasrc: fixed ZoneFinder for database-based data sources so
	that it handles type DS query correctly, i.e., treating it as
	authoritative data even on a delegation point.
	(Trac #1912, git 7130da883f823ce837c10cbf6e216a15e1996e5d)

443.	[func]*		muks
	The logger now uses a lockfile named `logger_lockfile' that is
	created in the local state directory to mutually separate
	individual logging operations from various processes. This is
	done so that log messages from different processes don't mix
	together in the middle of lines. The `logger_lockfile` is created
	with file permission mode 0660. BIND 10's local state directory
	should be writable and perhaps have g+s mode bit so that the
	`logger_lockfile` can be opened by a group of processes.
	(Trac #1704, git ad8d445dd0ba208107eb239405166c5c2070bd8b)

442.	[func]		tomek
	b10-dhcp4, b10-dhcp6: Both DHCP servers now accept -p parameter
	that can be used to specify listening port number. This capability
	is useful only for testing purposes.
	(Trac #1503, git e60af9fa16a6094d2204f27c40a648fae313bdae)

441.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Stub interface detection (support for interfaces.txt
	file) was removed.
	(Trac #1281, git 900fc8b420789a8c636bcf20fdaffc60bc1041e0)

bind10-devel-20120517 released on May 17, 2012

440.	[func]		muks
	bindctl: improved some error messages so they will be more
	helpful.  Those include the one when the zone name is unspecified
	or the name is invalid in the b10-auth configuration.
	(Trac #1627, git 1a4d0ae65b2c1012611f4c15c5e7a29d65339104)

439.	[func]		team
	The in-memory data source can now load zones from the
	sqlite3 data source, so that zones stored in the database
	(and updated for example by xfrin) can be served from memory.
	(Trac #1789, #1790, #1792, #1793, #1911,
	git 93f11d2a96ce4dba9308889bdb9be6be4a765b27)

438.	[bug]		naokikambe
	b10-stats-httpd now sends the system a notification that
	it is shutting down if it encounters a fatal error during
	startup.
	(Trac #1852, git a475ef271d4606f791e5ed88d9b8eb8ed8c90ce6)

437.	[build]		jinmei
	Building BIND 10 may fail on MacOS if Python has been
	installed via Homebrew unless --without-werror is specified.
	The configure script now includes a URL that explains this
	issue when it detects failure that is possibly because of
	this problem.
	(Trac #1907, git 0d03b06138e080cc0391fb912a5a5e75f0f97cec)

436.	[bug]		jelte
	The --config-file option now works correctly with relative paths if
	--data-path is not given.
	(Trac #1889, git ce7d1aef2ca88084e4dacef97132337dd3e50d6c)

435.	[func]		team
	The in-memory datasource now supports NSEC-signed zones.
	(Trac #1802-#1810, git 2f9aa4a553a05aa1d9eac06f1140d78f0c99408b)

434.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Linux interface detection refactored. The code is
	now cleaner. Tests better support certain versions of ifconfig.
	(Trac #1528, git 221f5649496821d19a40863e53e72685524b9ab2)

433.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Option6 and Pkt6 now follow the same design as
	options and packet for DHCPv4. General code refactoring after
	end of 2011 year release.
	(Trac #1540, git a40b6c665617125eeb8716b12d92d806f0342396)

432.	[bug]*		muks
	BIND 10 now installs its header files in a BIND 10 specific
	sub-directory in the install prefix.
	(Trac #1930, git fcf2f08db9ebc2198236bfa25cf73286821cba6b)

431.	[func]*		muks
	BIND 10 no longer starts b10-stats-httpd by default.
	(Trac #1885, git 5c8bbd7ab648b6b7c48e366e7510dedca5386f6c)

430.	[bug]		jelte
	When displaying configuration data, bindctl no longer treats
	optional list items as an error, but shows them as an empty list.
	(Trac #1520, git 0f18039bc751a8f498c1f832196e2ecc7b997b2a)

429.	[func]		jelte
	Added an 'execute' component to bindctl, which executes either a set
	of commands from a file or a built-in set of commands. Currently,
	only 'init_authoritative_server' is provided as a built-in set, but
	it is expected that more will be added later.
	(Trac #1843, git 551657702a4197ef302c567b5c0eaf2fded3e121)

428.	[bug]		marcin
	perfdhcp: bind to local address to allow reception of
	replies from IPv6 DHCP servers.
	(Trac #1908, git 597e059afaa4a89e767f8f10d2a4d78223af3940)

427.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdatasrc, b10-xfrin: the zone updater for database-based data
	sources now correctly distinguishes NSEC3-related RRs (NSEC3 and
	NSEC3-covering RRSIG) from others, and the SQLite3 implementation
	now manipulates them in the separate table for the NSEC3 namespace.
	As a result b10-xfrin now correctly updates NSEC3-signed zones by
	inbound zone transfers.
	(Trac #1781, #1788, #1891,
	git 672f129700dae33b701bb02069cf276238d66be3)

426.	[bug]		vorner
	The NSEC3 records are now included when transferring a
	signed zone out.
	(Trac #1782, git 36efa7d10ecc4efd39d2ce4dfffa0cbdeffa74b0)

425.	[func]*		muks
	Don't autostart b10-auth, b10-xfrin, b10-xfrout and b10-zonemgr in
	the default configuration.
	(Trac #1818, git 31de885ba0409f54d9a1615eff5a4b03ed420393)

424.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in bindctl where in some cases, configuration settings
	in a named set could disappear, if a child element is modified.
	(Trac #1491, git 00a36e752802df3cc683023d256687bf222e256a)

423.	[bug]		jinmei
	The database based zone iterator now correctly resets mixed TTLs
	of the same RRset (when that happens) to the lowest one.  The
	previous implementation could miss lower ones if it appears in a
	later part of the RRset.
	(part of Trac #1791, git f1f0bc00441057e7050241415ee0367a09c35032)

422.	[bug]		jinmei
	The database based zone iterator now separates RRSIGs of the same
	name and type but for different covered types.
	(part of Trac #1791, git b4466188150a50872bc3c426242bc7bba4c5f38d)

421.	[build]		jinmei
	Made sure BIND 10 can be built with clang++ 3.1.  (It failed on
	MacOS 10.7 using Xcode 4.3, but it's more likely to be a matter of
	clang version.)
	(Trac #1773, git ceaa247d89ac7d97594572bc17f005144c5efb8d)

420.	[bug]*		jinmei, stephen
	Updated the DB schema used in the SQLite3 data source so it can
	use SQL indices more effectively.  The previous schema had several
	issues in this sense and could be very slow for some queries on a
	very large zone (especially for negative answers).  This change
	requires a major version up of the schema; use b10-dbutil to
	upgrade existing database files.  Note: 'make install' will fail
	unless old DB files installed in the standard location have been
	upgraded.
	(Trac #324, git 8644866497053f91ada4e99abe444d7876ed00ff)

419.	[bug]		jelte
	JSON handler has been improved; escaping now works correctly
	(including quotes in strings), and it now rejects more types of
	malformed input.
	(Trac #1626, git 3b09268518e4e90032218083bcfebf7821be7bd5)

418.	[bug]		vorner
	Fixed crash in bindctl when config unset was called.
	(Trac #1715, git 098da24dddad497810aa2787f54126488bb1095c)

417.	[bug]		jelte
	The notify-out code now looks up notify targets in their correct
	zones (and no longer just in the zone that the notify is about).
	(Trac #1535, git 66300a3c4769a48b765f70e2d0dbf8bbb714435b)

416.	[func]*		jelte
	The implementations of ZoneFinder::find() now throw an OutOfZone
	exception when the name argument is not in or below the zone this
	zonefinder contains.
	(Trac #1535, git 66300a3c4769a48b765f70e2d0dbf8bbb714435b)

bind10-devel-20120329 released on March 29, 2012

415.	[doc]		jinmei, jreed
	BIND 10 Guide updated to now describe the in-memory data source
	configurations for b10-auth.
	(Trac #1732, git 434d8db8dfcd23a87b8e798e5702e91f0bbbdcf6)

414.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth now correctly handles delegation from an unsigned zone
	(defined in the in-memory data source) when the query has DNSSEC
	DO bit on.  It previously returned SERVFAIL.
	(Trac #1836, git 78bb8f4b9676d6345f3fdd1e5cc89039806a9aba)

413.	[func]		stephen, jelte
	Created a new tool b10-dbutil, that can check and upgrade database
	schemas, to be used when incompatible changes are introduced in the
	backend database schema. Currently it only supports sqlite3 databases.
	Note: there's no schema change that requires this utility as of
	the March 29th release.  While running it shouldn't break
	an existing database file, it should be even more advisable not to
	run it at the moment.
	(Trac #963, git 49ba2cf8ac63246f389ab5e8ea3b3d081dba9adf)

412.	[func]		jelte
	Added a command-line option '--clear-config' to bind10, which causes
	the system to create a backup of the existing configuration database
	file, and start out with a clean default configuration. This can be
	used if the configuration file is corrupted to the point where it
	cannot be read anymore, and BIND 10 refuses to start. The name of
	the backup file can be found in the logs (CFGMGR_RENAMED_CONFIG_FILE).
	(Trac #1443, git 52b36c921ee59ec69deefb6123cbdb1b91dc3bc7)

411.	[func]		muks
	Add a -i/--no-kill command-line argument to bind10, which stops
	it from sending SIGTERM and SIGKILL to other b10 processes when
	they're shutting down.
	(Trac #1819, git 774554f46b20ca5ec2ef6c6d5e608114f14e2102)

410.	[bug]		jinmei
	Python CC library now ensures write operations transmit all given
	data (unless an error happens).  Previously it didn't check the
	size of transmitted data, which could result in partial write on
	some systems (notably on OpenBSD) and subsequently cause system
	hang up or other broken state.  This fix specifically solves start
	up failure on OpenBSD.
	(Trac #1829, git 5e5a33213b60d89e146cd5e47d65f3f9833a9297)

409.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a parser bug in bindctl that could make bindctl crash. Also
	improved 'command help' output; argument order is now shown
	correctly, and parameter descriptions are shown as well.
	(Trac #1172, git bec26c6137c9b0a59a3a8ca0f55a17cfcb8a23de)

408.	[bug]		stephen, jinmei
	b10-auth now filters out duplicate RRsets when building a
	response message using the new query handling logic.  It's
	currently only used with the in-memory data source, but will
	also be used for others soon.
	(Trac #1688, git b77baca56ffb1b9016698c00ae0a1496d603d197)

407.	[build]		haikuo
	Remove "--enable-boost-threads" switch in configure command. This
	thread lock mechanism is useless for bind10 and causes performance
	hits.
	(Trac #1680, git 9c4d0cadf4adc802cc41a2610dc2c30b25aad728)

406.	[bug]		muks
	On platforms such as OpenBSD where pselect() is not available,
	make a wrapper around select() in perfdhcp.
	(Trac #1639, git 6ea0b1d62e7b8b6596209291aa6c8b34b8e73191)

405.	[bug]		jinmei
	Make sure disabling Boost threads if the default configuration is
	to disable it for the system.  This fixes a crash and hang up
	problem on OpenBSD, where the use of Boost thread could be
	different in different program files depending on the order of
	including various header files, and could introduce inconsistent
	states between a library and a program.  Explicitly forcing the
	original default throughout the BIND 10 build environment will
	prevent this from happening.
	(Trac #1727, git 23f9c3670b544c5f8105958ff148aeba050bc1b4)

404.	[bug]		naokikambe
	The statistic counters are now properly accumulated across multiple
	instances of b10-auth (if there are multiple instances), instead of
	providing result for random instance.
	(Trac #1751, git 3285353a660e881ec2b645e1bc10d94e5020f357)

403.	[build]*		jelte
	The configure option for botan (--with-botan=PATH) is replaced by
	--with-botan-config=PATH, which takes a full path to a botan-config
	script, instead of the botan 'install' directory. Also, if not
	provided, configure will try out config scripts and pkg-config
	options until it finds one that works.
	(Trac #1640, git 582bcd66dbd8d39f48aef952902f797260280637)

402.	[func]		jelte
	b10-xfrout now has a visible command to send out notifies for
	a given zone, callable from bindctl. Xfrout notify <zone> [class]
	(Trac #1321, git 0bb258f8610620191d75cfd5d2308b6fc558c280)

401.	[func]*		jinmei
	libdns++: updated the internal implementation of the
	MessageRenderer class.  This is mostly a transparent change, but
	the new version now doesn't allow changing compression mode in the
	middle of rendering (which shouldn't be an issue in practice).
	On the other hand, name compression performance was significantly
	improved: depending on the number of names, micro benchmark tests
	showed the new version is several times faster than the previous
	version .
	(Trac #1603, git 9a2a86f3f47b60ff017ce1a040941d0c145cfe16)

400.	[bug]		stephen
	Fix crash on Max OS X 10.7 by altering logging so as not to allocate
	heap storage in the static initialization of logging objects.
	(Trac #1698, git a8e53be7039ad50d8587c0972244029ff3533b6e)

399.	[func]		muks
	Add support for the SSHFP RR type (RFC 4255).
	(Trac #1136, git ea5ac57d508a17611cfae9d9ea1c238f59d52c51)

398.	[func]		jelte
	The b10-xfrin module now logs more information on successful
	incoming transfers. In the case of IXFR, it logs the number of
	changesets, and the total number of added and deleted resource
	records. For AXFR (or AXFR-style IXFR), it logs the number of
	resource records. In both cases, the number of overhead DNS
	messages, runtime, amount of wire data, and transfer speed are logged.
	(Trac #1280, git 2b01d944b6a137f95d47673ea8367315289c205d)

397.	[func]		muks
	The boss process now gives more helpful description when a
	sub-process exits due to a signal.
	(Trac #1673, git 1cd0d0e4fc9324bbe7f8593478e2396d06337b1e)

396.	[func]*		jinmei
	libdatasrc: change the return type of ZoneFinder::find() so it can
	contain more context of the search, which can be used for
	optimizing post find() processing.  A new method getAdditional()
	is added to it for finding additional RRsets based on the result
	of find().  External behavior shouldn't change.  The query
	handling code of b10-auth now uses the new interface.
	(Trac #1607, git 2e940ea65d5b9f371c26352afd9e66719c38a6b9)

395.	[bug]		jelte
	The log message compiler now errors (resulting in build failures) if
	duplicate log message identifiers are found in a single message file.
	Renamed one duplicate that was found (RESOLVER_SHUTDOWN, renamed to
	RESOLVER_SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED).
	(Trac #1093, git f537c7e12fb7b25801408f93132ed33410edae76)
	(Trac #1741, git b8960ab85c717fe70ad282e0052ac0858c5b57f7)

394.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-auth now catches any exceptions during response building; if any
	datasource either throws an exception or causes an exception to be
	thrown, the message processing code will now catch it, log a debug
	message, and return a SERVFAIL response.
	(Trac #1612, git b5740c6b3962a55e46325b3c8b14c9d64cf0d845)

393.	[func]		jelte
	Introduced a new class LabelSequence in libdns++, which provides
	lightweight accessor functionality to the Name class, for more
	efficient comparison of parts of names.
	(Trac #1602, git b33929ed5df7c8f482d095e96e667d4a03180c78)

392.	[func]*		jinmei
	libdns++: revised the (Abstract)MessageRenderer class so that it
	has a default internal buffer and the buffer can be temporarily
	switched.  The constructor interface was modified, and a new
	method setBuffer() was added.
	(Trac #1697, git 9cabc799f2bf9a3579dae7f1f5d5467c8bb1aa40)

391.	[bug]*		vorner
	The long time unused configuration options of Xfrout "log_name",
	"log_file", "log_severity", "log_version" and "log_max_bytes" were
	removed, as they had no effect (Xfrout uses the global logging
	framework).  However, if you have them set, you need to remove
	them from the configuration file or the configuration will be
	rejected.
	(Trac #1090, git ef1eba02e4cf550e48e7318702cff6d67c1ec82e)

bind10-devel-20120301 released on March 1, 2012

390.	[bug]		vorner
	The UDP IPv6 packets are now correctly fragmented for maximum
	guaranteed MTU, so they won't get lost because being too large
	for some hop.
	(Trac #1534, git ff013364643f9bfa736b2d23fec39ac35872d6ad)

389.	[func]*		vorner
	Xfrout now uses the global TSIG keyring, instead of its own. This
	means the keys need to be set only once (in tsig_keys/keys).
	However, the old configuration of Xfrout/tsig_keys need to be
	removed for Xfrout to work.
	(Trac #1643, git 5a7953933a49a0ddd4ee1feaddc908cd2285522d)

388.	[func]		jreed
	Use prefix "sockcreator-" for the private temporary directory
	used for b10-sockcreator communication.
	(git b98523c1260637cb33436964dc18e9763622a242)

387.	[build]		muks
	Accept a --without-werror configure switch so that some builders can
	disable the use of -Werror in CFLAGS when building.
	(Trac #1671, git 8684a411d7718a71ad9fb616f56b26436c4f03e5)

386.	[bug]		jelte
	Upon initial sqlite3 database creation, the 'diffs' table is now
	always created. This already happened most of the time, but there
	are a few cases where it was skipped, resulting in potential errors
	in xfrout later.
	(Trac #1717, git 30d7686cb6e2fa64866c983e0cfb7b8fabedc7a2)

385.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdns++: masterLoad() didn't accept comments placed at the end of
	an RR.  Due to this the in-memory data source cannot load a master
	file for a signed zone even if it's preprocessed with BIND 9's
	named-compilezone.
	Note: this fix is considered temporary and still only accepts some
	limited form of such comments.  The main purpose is to allow the
	in-memory data source to load any signed or unsigned zone files as
	long as they are at least normalized with named-compilezone.
	(Trac #1667, git 6f771b28eea25c693fe93a0e2379af924464a562)

384.	[func]		jinmei, jelte, vorner, haikuo, kevin
	b10-auth now supports NSEC3-signed zones in the in-memory data
	source.
	(Trac #1580, #1581, #1582, #1583, #1584, #1585, #1587, and
	other related changes to the in-memory data source)

383.	[build]		jinmei
	Fixed build failure on MacOS 10.7 (Lion) due to the use of
	IPV6_PKTINFO; the OS requires a special definition to make it
	visible to the compiler.
	(Trac #1633, git 19ba70c7cc3da462c70e8c4f74b321b8daad0100)

382.	[func]		jelte
	b10-auth now also experimentally supports statistics counters of
	the rcode responses it sends. The counters can be shown as
	rcode.<code name>, where code name is the lowercase textual
	representation of the rcode (e.g. "noerror", "formerr", etc.).
	Same note applies as for opcodes, see changelog entry 364.
	(Trac #1613, git e98da500d7b02e11347431a74f2efce5a7d622aa)

381.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth: honor the DNSSEC DO bit in the new query handler.
	(Trac #1695, git 61f4da5053c6a79fbc162fb16f195cdf8f94df64)

380.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdns++: miscellaneous bug fixes for the NSECPARAM RDATA
	implementation, including incorrect handling for empty salt and
	incorrect comparison logic.
	(Trac #1638, git 966c129cc3c538841421f1e554167d33ef9bdf25)

379.	[bug]		jelte
	Configuration commands in bindctl now check for list indices if
	the 'identifier' argument points to a child element of a list
	item. Previously, it was possible to 'get' non-existent values
	by leaving out the index, e.g. "config show Auth/listen_on/port,
	which should be config show Auth/listen_on[<index>]/port, since
	Auth/listen_on is a list. The command without an index will now
	show an error. It is still possible to show/set the entire list
	("config show Auth/listen_on").
	(Trac #1649, git 003ca8597c8d0eb558b1819dbee203fda346ba77)

378.	[func]		vorner
	It is possible to start authoritative server or resolver in multiple
	instances, to use more than one core. Configuration is described in
	the guide.
	(Trac #1596, git 17f7af0d8a42a0a67a2aade5bc269533efeb840a)

377.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdns++: miscellaneous bug fixes for the NSEC and NSEC3 RDATA
	implementation, including a crash in NSEC3::toText() for some RR
	types, incorrect handling of empty NSEC3 salt, and incorrect
	comparison logic in NSEC3::compare().
	(Trac #1641, git 28ba8bd71ae4d100cb250fd8d99d80a17a6323a2)

376.	[bug]		jinmei, vorner
	The new query handling module of b10-auth did not handle type DS
	query correctly: It didn't look for it in the parent zone, and
	it incorrectly returned a DS from the child zone if it
	happened to exist there.  Both were corrected, and it now also
	handles the case of having authority for the child and a grand
	ancestor.
	(Trac #1570, git 2858b2098a10a8cc2d34bf87463ace0629d3670e)

375.	[func]		jelte
	Modules now inform the system when they are stopping. As a result,
	they are removed from the 'active modules' list in bindctl, which
	can then inform the user directly when it tries to send them a
	command or configuration update.  Previously this would result
	in a 'not responding' error instead of 'not running'.
	(Trac #640, git 17e78fa1bb1227340aa9815e91ed5c50d174425d)

374.	[func]*		stephen
	Alter RRsetPtr and ConstRRsetPtr to point to AbstractRRset (instead
	of RRset) to allow for specialised implementations of RRsets in
	data sources.
	(Trac #1604, git 3071211d2c537150a691120b0a5ce2b18d010239)

373.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdatasrc: the in-memory data source incorrectly rejected loading
	a zone containing a CNAME RR with RRSIG and/or NSEC.
	(Trac #1551, git 76f823d42af55ce3f30a0d741fc9297c211d8b38)

372.	[func]		vorner
	When the allocation of a socket fails for a different reason than the
	socket not being provided by the OS, the b10-auth and b10-resolver
	abort, as the system might be in inconsistent state after such error.
	(Trac #1543, git 49ac4659f15c443e483922bf9c4f2de982bae25d)

371.	[bug]		jelte
	The new query handling module of b10-auth (currently only used with
	the in-memory data source) now correctly includes the DS record (or
	the denial of its existence if NSEC is used) when returning a
	delegation from a signed zone.
	(Trac #1573, git bd7a3ac98177573263950303d4b2ea7400781d0f)

370.	[func]		jinmei
	libdns++: a new class NSEC3Hash was introduced as a utility for
	calculating NSEC3 hashes for various purposes.  Python binding was
	provided, too.  Also fixed a small bug in the NSEC3PARAM RDATA
	implementation that empty salt in text representation was
	rejected.
	(Trac #1575, git 2c421b58e810028b303d328e4e2f5b74ea124839)

369.	[func]		vorner
	The SocketRequestor provides more information about what error
	happened when it throws, by using subclasses of the original
	exception. This way a user not interested in the difference can
	still use the original exception, while it can be recognized if
	necessary.
	(Trac #1542, git 2080e0316a339fa3cadea00e10b1ec4bc322ada0)

368.	[func]*		jinmei
	libdatasrc: the interface of ZoneFinder() was changed: WILDCARD
	related result codes were deprecated and removed, and the
	corresponding information is now provided via a separate accessor
	method on FindResult.  Other separate FindResult methods will
	also tell the caller whether the zone is signed with NSEC or NSEC3
	(when necessary and applicable).
	(Trac #1611, git c175c9c06034b4118e0dfdbccd532c2ebd4ba7e8)

367.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdatasrc: in-memory data source could incorrectly reject to load
	zones containing RRSIG records.  For example, it didn't allow
	RRSIG that covers a CNAME RR.  This fix also makes sure find()
	will return RRsets with RRSIGs if they are signed.
	(Trac #1614, git e8241ea5a4adea1b42a60ee7f2c5cfb87301734c)

366.	[bug]		vorner
	Fixed problem where a directory named "io" conflicted with the python3
	standard module "io" and caused the installation to fail.  The
	offending directory has been renamed to "cio".
	(Trac #1561, git d81cf24b9e37773ba9a0d5061c779834ff7d62b9)

365.	[bug]		jinmei
	libdatasrc: in-memory datasource incorrectly returned delegation
	for DS lookups.
	(Trac #1571, git d22e90b5ef94880183cd652e112399b3efb9bd67)

364.	[func]		jinmei
	b10-auth experimentally supports statistics counters of incoming
	requests per opcode.  The counters can be (e.g.) shown as
	opcode.<code name> in the output of the bindctl "Stats show"
	command, where <code name> is lower-cased textual representation
	of opcodes ("query", "notify", etc).
	Note: This is an experimental attempt of supporting more
	statistics counters for b10-auth, and the interface and output may
	change in future versions.
	(Trac #1399, git 07206ec76e2834de35f2e1304a274865f8f8c1a5)

bind10-devel-20120119 released on January 19, 2012

363.	[func]		jelte
	Added dummy DDNS module b10-ddns. Currently it does not
	provide any functionality, but it is a skeleton implementation
	that will be expanded later.
	(Trac #1451, git b0d0bf39fbdc29a7879315f9b8e6d602ef3afb1b)

362.	[func]*		vorner
	Due to the socket creator changes, b10-auth and b10-resolver
	are no longer needed to start as root. They are started as
	the user they should be running, so they no longer have
	the -u flag for switching the user after initialization.
	Note: this change broke backward compatibility to boss component
	configuration.  If your b10-config.db contains "setuid" for
	Boss.components, you'll need to remove that entry by hand before
	starting BIND 10.
	(Trac #1508, #1509, #1510,
	git edc5b3c12eb45437361484c843794416ad86bb00)

361.	[func]		vorner, jelte, jinmei
	The socket creator is now used to provide sockets. It means you can
	reconfigure the ports and addresses at runtime even when the rest
	of the bind10 runs as non root user.
	(Trac #805, #1522, git 1830215f884e3b5efda52bd4dbb120bdca863a6a)

360.	[bug]		vorner
	Fixed problem where bindctl crashed when a duplicate non-string
	item was added  to a list.  This error is now properly reported.
	(Trac #1515, git a3cf5322a73e8a97b388c6f8025b92957e5d8986)

359.	[bug]		kevin
	Corrected SOA serial check in xfrout.  It now compares the SOA
	serial of an IXFR query with that of the server based serial
	number arithmetic, and replies with a single SOA record of the
	server's current version if the former is equal to or newer
	than the latter.
	(Trac #1462, git ceeb87f6d539c413ebdc66e4cf718e7eb8559c45)

358.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-resolver ignored default configuration parameters if listen_on
	failed (this can easily happen especially for a test environment
	where the run time user doesn't have root privilege), and even if
	listen_on was updated later the resolver wouldn't work correctly
	unless it's fully restarted (for example, all queries would be
	rejected due to an empty ACL).
	(Trac #1424, git 2cba8cb83cde4f34842898a848c0b1182bc20597)

357.	[bug]		jinmei
	ZoneFinder::find() for database based data sources didn't
	correctly identify out-of-zone query name and could return a
	confusing result such as NXRRSET.  It now returns NXDOMAIN with an
	empty RRset.  Note: we should rather throw an exception in such a
	case, which should be revisited later (see Trac #1536).
	(Trac #1430, git b35797ba1a49c78246abc8f2387901f9690b328d)

356.	[doc]		tomek
	BIND 10 Guide updated. It now describes DHCPv4 and DHCPv6
	components, including their overview, usage, supported standard
	and limitations. libdhcp++ is also described.
	(Trac #1367, git 3758ab360efe1cdf616636b76f2e0fb41f2a62a0)

355.	[bug]		jinmei
	Python xfrin.diff module incorrectly combined RRSIGs of different
	type covered, possibly merging different TTLs.  As a result a
	secondary server could store different RRSIGs than those at the
	primary server if it gets these records via IXFR.
	(Trac #1502, git 57b06f8cb6681f591fa63f25a053eb6f422896ef)

354.	[func]		tomek
	dhcp4: Support for DISCOVER and OFFER implemented. b10-dhcp4 is
	now able to offer hardcoded leases to DHCPv4 clients.
	dhcp6: Code refactored to use the same approach as dhcp4.
	(Trac #1230, git aac05f566c49daad4d3de35550cfaff31c124513)

353.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Interface detection in Linux implemented. libdhcp++
	is now able (on Linux systems) to detect available network
	interfaces, its link-layer addresses, flags and configured
	IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Interface detection on other
	systems is planned.
	(Trac #1237, git 8a040737426aece7cc92a795f2b712d7c3407513)

352.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Transmission and reception of DHCPv4 packets is now
	implemented. Low-level hacks are not implemented for transmission
	to hosts that don't have IPv4 address yet, so currently the code
	is usable for communication with relays only, not hosts on the
	same link.
	(Trac #1239, #1240, git f382050248b5b7ed1881b086d89be2d9dd8fe385)

351.	[func]		fdupont
	Alpha version of DHCP benchmarking tool added.  "perfdhcp" is able to
	test both IPv4 and IPv6 servers: it can time the four-packet exchange
	(DORA and SARR) as well as time the initial two-packet exchange (DO
	and SA).  More information can be obtained by invoking the utility
	(in tests/tools/perfdhcp) with the "-h" flag.
	(Trac #1450, git 85083a76107ba2236732b45524ce7018eefbaf90)

350.	[func]*		vorner
	The target parameter of ZoneFinder::find is no longer present, as the
	interface was awkward. To get all the RRsets of a single domain, use
	the new findAll method (the same applies to python version, the method
	is named find_all).
	(Trac #1483, #1484, git 0020456f8d118c9f3fd6fc585757c822b79a96f6)

349.	[bug]		dvv
	resolver: If an upstream server responds with FORMERR to an EDNS
	query, try querying it without EDNS.
	(Trac #1386, git 99ad0292af284a246fff20b3702fbd7902c45418)

348.	[bug]		stephen
	By default the logging output stream is now flushed after each write.
	This fixes a problem seen on some systems where the log output from
	different processes was jumbled up.  Flushing can be disabled by
	setting the appropriate option in the logging configuration.
	(Trac #1405, git 2f0aa20b44604b671e6bde78815db39381e563bf)

347.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug where adding Zonemgr/secondary_zones without explicitly
	setting the class value of the added zone resulted in a cryptic
	error in bindctl ("Error: class"). It will now correctly default to
	IN if not set. This also adds better checks on the name and class
	values, and better errors if they are bad.
	(Trac #1414, git 7b122af8489acf0f28f935a19eca2c5509a3677f)

346.	[build]*		jreed
	Renamed libdhcp to libdhcp++.
	(Trac #1446, git d394e64f4c44f16027b1e62b4ac34e054b49221d)

345.	[func]		tomek
	dhcp4: Dummy DHCPv4 component implemented. Currently it does
	nothing useful, except providing skeleton implementation that can
	be expanded in the future.
	(Trac #992, git d6e33479365c8f8f62ef2b9aa5548efe6b194601)

344.	[func]		y-aharen
	src/lib/statistics: Added statistics counter library for entire server
	items and per zone items. Also, modified b10-auth to use it. It is
	also intended to use in the other modules such as b10-resolver.
	(Trac #510, git afddaf4c5718c2a0cc31f2eee79c4e0cc625499f)

343.	[func]		jelte
	Added IXFR-out system tests, based on the first two test sets of
	http://bind10.isc.org/wiki/IxfrSystemTests.
	(Trac #1314, git 1655bed624866a766311a01214597db01b4c7cec)

342.	[bug]		stephen
	In the resolver, a FORMERR received from an upstream nameserver
	now results in a SERVFAIL being returned as a response to the original
	query.  Additional debug messages added to distinguish between
	different errors in packets received from upstream nameservers.
	(Trac #1383, git 9b2b249d23576c999a65d8c338e008cabe45f0c9)

341.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Support for handling both IPv4 and IPv6 added.
	Also added support for binding IPv4 sockets.
	(Trac #1238, git 86a4ce45115dab4d3978c36dd2dbe07edcac02ac)

340.	[build]		jelte
	Fixed several linker issues related to recent gcc versions, botan
	and gtest.
	(Trac #1442, git 91fb141bfb3aadfdf96f13e157a26636f6e9f9e3)

339.	[bug]		jinmei
	libxfr, used by b10-auth to share TCP sockets with b10-xfrout,
	incorrectly propagated ASIO specific exceptions to the application
	if the given file name was too long.  This could lead to
	unexpected shut down of b10-auth.
	(Trac #1387, git a5e9d9176e9c60ef20c0f5ef59eeb6838ed47ab2)

338.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrin didn't check SOA serials of SOA and IXFR responses,
	which resulted in unnecessary transfer or unexpected IXFR
	timeouts (these issues were not overlooked but deferred to be
	fixed until #1278 was completed).  Validation on responses to SOA
	queries were tightened, too.
	(Trac #1299, git 6ff03bb9d631023175df99248e8cc0cda586c30a)

337.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp++: Support for DHCPv4 option that can store a single
	address or a list of IPv4 addresses added. Support for END option
	added.
	(Trac #1350, git cc20ff993da1ddb1c6e8a98370438b45a2be9e0a)

336.	[func]		jelte
	libdns++ (and its python wrapper) now includes a class Serial, for
	SOA SERIAL comparison and addition. Operations on instances of this
	class follow the specification from RFC 1982.
	Rdata::SOA::getSerial() now returns values of this type (and not
	uint32_t).
	(Trac #1278, git 2ae72d76c74f61a67590722c73ebbf631388acbd)

335.	[bug]*		jelte
	The DataSourceClientContainer class that dynamically loads
	datasource backend libraries no longer provides just a .so file name
	to its call to dlopen(), but passes it an absolute path. This means
	that it is no longer an system implementation detail that depends on
	[DY]LD_LIBRARY_PATH which file is chosen, should there be multiple
	options (for instance, when test-running a new build while a
	different version is installed).
	These loadable libraries are also no longer installed in the default
	library path, but in a subdirectory of the libexec directory of the
	target ($prefix/libexec/[version]/backends).
	This also removes the need to handle b10-xfin and b10-xfrout as
	'special' hardcoded components, and they are now started as regular
	components as dictated by the configuration of the boss process.
	(Trac #1292, git 83ce13c2d85068a1bec015361e4ef8c35590a5d0)

334.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrout could potentially create an overflow response message
	(exceeding the 64KB max) or could create unnecessarily small
	messages.  The former was actually unlikely to happen due to the
	effect of name compression, and the latter was marginal and at least
	shouldn't cause an interoperability problem, but these were still
	potential problems and were fixed.
	(Trac #1389, git 3fdce88046bdad392bd89ea656ec4ac3c858ca2f)

333.	[bug]		dvv
	Solaris needs "-z now" to force non-lazy binding and prevent
	g++ static initialization code from deadlocking.
	(Trac #1439, git c789138250b33b6b08262425a08a2a0469d90433)

332.	[bug]		vorner
	C++ exceptions in the isc.dns.Rdata wrapper are now converted
	to python ones instead of just aborting the interpreter.
	(Trac #1407, git 5b64e839be2906b8950f5b1e42a3fadd72fca033)

bind10-devel-20111128 released on November 28, 2011

331.	[bug]		shane
	Fixed a bug in data source library where a zone with more labels
	than an out-of-bailiwick name server would cause an exception to
	be raised.
	(Trac #1430, git 81f62344db074bc5eea3aaf3682122fdec6451ad)

330.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in b10-auth where it would sometimes fail because it
	tried to check for queued msgq messages before the session was
	fully running.
	(git c35d0dde3e835fc5f0a78fcfcc8b76c74bc727ca)

329.	[doc]		vorner, jreed
	Document the bind10 run control configuration in guide and
	manual page.
	(Trac #1341, git c1171699a2b501321ab54207ad26e5da2b092d63)

328.	[func]		jelte
	b10-auth now passes IXFR requests on to b10-xfrout, and no longer
	responds to them with NOTIMPL.
	(Trac #1390, git ab3f90da16d31fc6833d869686e07729d9b8c135)

327.	[func]		jinmei
	b10-xfrout now supports IXFR.  (Right now there is no user
	configurable parameter about this feature; b10-xfrout will
	always respond to IXFR requests according to RFC1995).
	(Trac #1371 and #1372, git 80c131f5b0763753d199b0fb9b51f10990bcd92b)

326.	[build]*		jinmei
	Added a check script for the SQLite3 schema version.  It will be
	run at the beginning of 'make install', and if it detects an old
	version of schema, installation will stop.  You'll then need to
	upgrade the database file by following the error message.
	(Trac #1404, git a435f3ac50667bcb76dca44b7b5d152f45432b57)

325.	[func]		jinmei
	Python isc.datasrc: added interfaces for difference management:
	DataSourceClient.get_updater() now has the 'journaling' parameter
	to enable storing diffs to the data source, and a new class
	ZoneJournalReader was introduced to retrieve them, which can be
	created by the new DataSourceClient.get_journal_reader() method.
	(Trac #1333, git 3e19362bc1ba7dc67a87768e2b172c48b32417f5,
	git 39def1d39c9543fc485eceaa5d390062edb97676)

324.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed reference leak in the isc.log Python module.  Most of all
	BIND 10 Python programs had memory leak (even though the pace of
	leak may be slow) due to this bug.
	(Trac #1359, git 164d651a0e4c1059c71f56b52ea87ac72b7f6c77)

323.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrout incorrectly skipped adding TSIG RRs to some
	intermediate responses (when TSIG is to be used for the
	responses).  While RFC2845 optionally allows to skip intermediate
	TSIGs (as long as the digest for the skipped part was included
	in a later TSIG), the underlying TSIG API doesn't support this
	mode of signing.
	(Trac #1370, git 76fb414ea5257b639ba58ee336fae9a68998b30d)

322.	[func]		jinmei
	datasrc: Added C++ API for retrieving difference of two versions
	of a zone.  A new ZoneJournalReader class was introduced for this
	purpose, and a corresponding factory method was added to
	DataSourceClient.
	(Trac #1332, git c1138d13b2692fa3a4f2ae1454052c866d24e654)

321.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-xfrin now installs IXFR differences into the underlying data
	source (if it supports journaling) so that the stored differences
	can be used for subsequent IXFR-out transactions.
	Note: this is a backward incompatibility change for older sqlite3
	database files.  They need to be upgraded to have a "diffs" table.
	(Trac #1376, git 1219d81b49e51adece77dc57b5902fa1c6be1407)

320.	[func]*		vorner
	The --brittle switch was removed from the bind10 executable.
	It didn't work after change #316 (Trac #213) and the same
	effect can be accomplished by declaring all components as core.
	(Trac #1340, git f9224368908dd7ba16875b0d36329cf1161193f0)

319.	[func]		naokikambe
	b10-stats-httpd was updated. In addition of the access to all
	statistics items of all modules, the specified item or the items
	of the specified module name can be accessed.  For example, the
	URI requested by using the feature is showed as
	"/bind10/statistics/xml/Auth" or
	"/bind10/statistics/xml/Auth/queries.tcp". The list of all possible
	module names and all possible item names can be showed in the
	root document, whose URI is "/bind10/statistics/xml".  This change
	is not only for the XML documents but also is for the XSD and
	XSL documents.
	(Trac #917, git b34bf286c064d44746ec0b79e38a6177d01e6956)

318.	[func]		stephen
	Add C++ API for accessing zone difference information in
	database-based data sources.
	(Trac #1330, git 78770f52c7f1e7268d99e8bfa8c61e889813bb33)

317.	[func]		vorner
	datasrc: the getUpdater method of DataSourceClient supports an
	optional 'journaling' parameter to indicate the generated updater
	to store diffs.  The database based derived class implements this
	extension.
	(Trac #1331, git 713160c9bed3d991a00b2ea5e7e3e7714d79625d)

316.	[func]*		vorner
	The configuration of what parts of the system run is more
	flexible now.  Everything that should run must have an
	entry in Boss/components.
	(Trac #213, git 08e1873a3593b4fa06754654d22d99771aa388a6)

315.	[func]		tomek
	libdhcp: Support for DHCPv4 packet manipulation is now implemented.
	All fixed fields are now supported. Generic support for DHCPv4
	options is available (both parsing and assembly). There is no code
	that uses this new functionality yet, so it is not usable directly
	at this time. This code will be used by upcoming b10-dhcp4 daemon.
	(Trac #1228, git 31d5a4f66b18cca838ca1182b9f13034066427a7)

314.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-xfrin would previously initiate incoming transfers upon
	receiving NOTIFY messages from any address (if the zone was
	known to b10-xfrin, and using the configured address). It now
	only starts a transfer if the source address from the NOTIFY
	packet matches the configured master address and port. This was
	really already fixed in release bind10-devel-20111014, but there
	were some deferred cleanups to add.
	(Trac #1298, git 1177bfe30e17a76bea6b6447e14ae9be9e1ca8c2)

313.	[func]		jinmei
	datasrc: Added C++ API for adding zone differences to database
	based data sources.  It's intended to be used for the support for
	IXFR-in and dynamic update (so they can subsequently be retrieved
	for IXFR-out).  The addRecordDiff method of the DatabaseAccessor
	defines the interface, and a concrete implementation for SQLite3
	was provided.
	(Trac #1329, git 1aa233fab1d74dc776899df61181806679d14013)

312.	[func]		jelte
	Added an initial framework for doing system tests using the
	cucumber-based BDD tool Lettuce. A number of general steps are
	included,  for instance running bind10 with specific
	configurations, sending queries, and inspecting query answers. A
	few very basic tests are included as well.
	(Trac #1290, git 6b75c128bcdcefd85c18ccb6def59e9acedd4437)

311.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in bindctl where tab-completion for names that
	contain a hyphen resulted in unexpected behaviour, such as
	appending the already-typed part again.
	(Trac #1345, git f80ab7879cc29f875c40dde6b44e3796ac98d6da)

310.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug where bindctl could not set a value that is optional
	and has no default, resulting in the error that the setting
	itself was unknown. bindctl now correctly sees the setting and
	is able to set it.
	(Trac #1344, git 0e776c32330aee466073771600390ce74b959b38)

309.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in bindctl where the removal of elements from a set
	with default values was not stored, unless the set had been
	modified in another way already.
	(Trac #1343, git 25c802dd1c30580b94345e83eeb6a168ab329a33)

308.	[build]		jelte
	The configure script will now use pkg-config for finding
	information about the Botan library. If pkg-config is unavailable,
	or unaware of Botan, it will fall back to botan-config. It will
	also use botan-config when a specific botan library directory is
	given using the '--with-botan=' flag
	(Trac #1194, git dc491833cf75ac1481ba1475795b0f266545013d)

307.	[func]		vorner
	When zone transfer in fails with IXFR, it is retried with AXFR
	automatically.
	(Trac #1279, git cd3588c9020d0310f949bfd053c4d3a4bd84ef88)

306.	[bug]		stephen
	Boss process now waits for the configuration manager to initialize
	itself before continuing with startup.  This fixes a race condition
	whereby the Boss could start the configuration manager and then
	immediately start components that depended on that component being
	fully initialized.
	(Trac #1271, git 607cbae949553adac7e2a684fa25bda804658f61)

305.	[bug]		jinmei
	Python isc.dns, isc.datasrc, xfrin, xfrout: fixed reference leak
	in Message.get_question(), Message.get_section(),
	RRset.get_rdata(), and DataSourceClient.get_updater().
	The leak caused severe memory leak in b10-xfrin, and (although no
	one reported it) should have caused less visible leak in
	b10-xfrout.  b10-xfrin had its own leak, which was also fixed.
	(Trac #1028, git a72886e643864bb6f86ab47b115a55e0c7f7fcad)

304.	[bug]		jelte
	The run_bind10.sh test script now no longer runs processes from
	an installed version of BIND 10, but will correctly use the
	build tree paths.
	(Trac #1246, git 1d43b46ab58077daaaf5cae3c6aa3e0eb76eb5d8)

303.	[bug]		jinmei
	Changed the installation path for the UNIX domain file used
	for the communication between b10-auth and b10-xfrout to a
	"@PACKAGE@" subdirectory (e.g. from /usr/local/var to
	/usr/local/var/bind10-devel).  This should be transparent change
	because this file is automatically created and cleaned up, but
	if the old file somehow remains, it can now be safely removed.
	(Trac #869, git 96e22f4284307b1d5f15e03837559711bb4f580c)

302.	[bug]		jelte
	msgq no longer crashes if the remote end is closed while msgq
	tries to send data. It will now simply drop the message and close
	the connection itself.
	(Trac #1180, git 6e68b97b050e40e073f736d84b62b3e193dd870a)

301.	[func]		stephen
	Add system test for IXFR over TCP.
	(Trac #1213, git 68ee3818bcbecebf3e6789e81ea79d551a4ff3e8)

300.	[func]*		tomek
	libdhcp: DHCP packet library was implemented. Currently it handles
	packet reception, option parsing, option generation and output
	packet building. Generic and specialized classes for several
	DHCPv6 options (IA_NA, IAADDR, address-list) are available. A
	simple code was added that leverages libdhcp. It is a skeleton
	DHCPv6 server. It receives incoming SOLICIT and REQUEST messages
	and responds with proper ADVERTISE and REPLY. Note that since
	LeaseManager is not implemented, server assigns the same
	hardcoded lease for every client. This change removes existing
	DHCPv6 echo server as it was only a proof of concept code.
	(Trac #1186, git 67ea6de047d4dbd63c25fe7f03f5d5cc2452ad7d)

299.	[build]		jreed
	Do not install the libfake_session, libtestutils, or libbench
	libraries. They are used by tests within the source tree.
	Convert all test-related makefiles to build test code at
	regular make time to better work with test-driven development.
	This reverts some of #1901. (The tests are ran using "make
	check".)
	(Trac #1286, git cee641fd3d12341d6bfce5a6fbd913e3aebc1e8e)

bind10-devel-20111014 released on October 14, 2011

298.	[doc]		jreed
	Shorten README. Include plain text format of the Guide.
	(git d1897d3, git 337198f)

297.	[func]		dvv
	Implement the SPF rrtype according to RFC4408.
	(Trac #1140, git 146934075349f94ee27f23bf9ff01711b94e369e)

296.	[build]		jreed
	Do not install the unittest libraries. At this time, they
	are not useful without source tree (and they may or may
	not have googletest support). Also, convert several makefiles
	to build tests at "check" time and not build time.
	(Trac #1091, git 2adf4a90ad79754d52126e7988769580d20501c3)

295.	[bug]		jinmei
	__init__.py for isc.dns was installed in the wrong directory,
	which would now make xfrin fail to start.  It was also bad
	in that it replaced any existing __init__.py in th public
	site-packages directory.  After applying this fix You may want to
	check if the wrong init file is in the wrong place, in which
	case it should be removed.
	(Trac #1285, git af3b17472694f58b3d6a56d0baf64601b0f6a6a1)

294.	[func]		jelte, jinmei, vorner
	b10-xfrin now supports incoming IXFR.  See BIND 10 Guide for
	how to configure it and operational notes.
	(Trac #1212, multiple git merges)

293.	[func]*		tomek
	b10-dhcp6: Implemented DHCPv6 echo server. It joins DHCPv6
	multicast groups and listens to incoming DHCPv6 client messages.
	Received messages are then echoed back to clients. This
	functionality is limited, but it can be used to test out client
	resiliency to unexpected messages. Note that network interface
	detection routines are not implemented yet, so interface name
	and its address must be specified in interfaces.txt.
	(Trac #878, git 3b1a604abf5709bfda7271fa94213f7d823de69d)

292.	[func]		dvv
	Implement the DLV rrtype according to RFC4431.
	(Trac #1144, git d267c0511a07c41cd92e3b0b9ee9bf693743a7cf)

291.	[func]		naokikambe
	Statistics items are specified by each module's spec file.
	Stats module can read these through the config manager. Stats
	module and stats httpd report statistics data and statistics
	schema by each module via both bindctl and HTTP/XML.
	(Trac #928, #929, #930, #1175,
	git 054699635affd9c9ecbe7a108d880829f3ba229e)

290.	[func]		jinmei
	libdns++/pydnspp: added an option parameter to the "from wire"
	methods of the Message class.  One option is defined,
	PRESERVE_ORDER, which specifies the parser to handle each RR
	separately, preserving the order, and constructs RRsets in the
	message sections so that each RRset contains only one RR.
	(Trac #1258, git c874cb056e2a5e656165f3c160e1b34ccfe8b302)

289.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-xfrout: ACLs for xfrout can now be configured per zone basis.
	A per zone ACL is part of a more general zone configuration.  A
	quick example for configuring an ACL for zone "example.com" that
	rejects any transfer request for that zone is as follows:
	> config add Xfrout/zone_config
	> config set Xfrout/zone_config[0]/origin "example.com"
	> config add Xfrout/zone_config[0]/transfer_acl
	> config set Xfrout/zone_config[0]/transfer_acl[0] {"action": "REJECT"}
	The previous global ACL (query_acl) was renamed to transfer_acl,
	which now works as the default ACL.  Note: backward compatibility
	is not provided, so an existing configuration using query_acl
	needs to be updated by hand.
	Note: the per zone configuration framework is a temporary
	workaround.  It will eventually be redesigned as a system wide
	configuration.
	(Trac #1165, git 698176eccd5d55759fe9448b2c249717c932ac31)

288.	[bug]		stephen
	Fixed problem whereby the order in which component files appeared in
	rdataclass.cc was system dependent, leading to problems on some
	systems where data types were used before the header file in which
	they were declared was included.
	(Trac #1202, git 4a605525cda67bea8c43ca8b3eae6e6749797450)

287.	[bug]*		jinmei
	Python script files for log messages (xxx_messages.py) should have
	been installed under the "isc" package.  This fix itself should
	be a transparent change without affecting existing configurations
	or other operational practices, but you may want to clean up the
	python files from the common directly (such as "site-packages").
	(Trac #1101, git 0eb576518f81c3758c7dbaa2522bd8302b1836b3)

286.	[func]		ocean
	libdns++: Implement the HINFO rrtype support according to RFC1034,
	and RFC1035.
	(Trac #1112, git 12d62d54d33fbb1572a1aa3089b0d547d02924aa)

285.	[bug]		jelte
	sqlite3 data source: fixed a race condition on initial startup,
	when the database has not been initialized yet, and multiple
	processes are trying to do so, resulting in one of them failing.
	(Trac #326, git 5de6f9658f745e05361242042afd518b444d7466)

284.	[bug]		jerry
	b10-zonemgr: zonemgr will not terminate on empty zones, it will
	log a warning and try to do zone transfer for them.
	(Trac #1153, git 0a39659638fc68f60b95b102968d7d0ad75443ea)

283.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	Make stats and boss processes wait for answer messages from each
	other in block mode to avoid orphan answer messages, add an internal
	command "getstats" to boss process for getting statistics data from
	boss.
	(Trac #519, git 67d8e93028e014f644868fede3570abb28e5fb43)

282.	[func]		ocean
	libdns++: Implement the NAPTR rrtype according to RFC2915,
	RFC2168 and RFC3403.
	(Trac #1130, git 01d8d0f13289ecdf9996d6d5d26ac0d43e30549c)

bind10-devel-20110819 released on August 19, 2011

281.	[func]		jelte
	Added a new type for configuration data: "named set". This allows for
	similar configuration as the current "list" type, but with strings
	instead of indices as identifiers. The intended use is for instance
	/foo/zones/example.org/bar instead of /foo/zones[2]/bar. Currently
	this new type is not in use yet.
	(Trac #926, git 06aeefc4787c82db7f5443651f099c5af47bd4d6)

280.	[func]		jerry
	libdns++: Implement the MINFO rrtype according to RFC1035.
	(Trac #1113, git 7a9a19d6431df02d48a7bc9de44f08d9450d3a37)

279.	[func]		jerry
	libdns++: Implement the AFSDB rrtype according to RFC1183.
	(Trac #1114, git ce052cd92cd128ea3db5a8f154bd151956c2920c)

278.	[doc]		jelte
	Add logging configuration documentation to the guide.
	(Trac #1011, git 2cc500af0929c1f268aeb6f8480bc428af70f4c4)

277.	[func]		jerry
	libdns++: Implement the SRV rrtype according to RFC2782.
	(Trac #1128, git 5fd94aa027828c50e63ae1073d9d6708e0a9c223)

276.	[func]		stephen
	Although the top-level loggers are named after the program (e.g.
	b10-auth, b10-resolver), allow the logger configuration to omit the
	"b10-" prefix and use just the module name.
	(Trac #1003, git a01cd4ac5a68a1749593600c0f338620511cae2d)

275.	[func]		jinmei
	Added support for TSIG key matching in ACLs.  The xfrout ACL can
	now refer to TSIG key names using the "key" attribute.  For
	example, the following specifies an ACL that allows zone transfer
	if and only if the request is signed with a TSIG of a key name
	"key.example":
	> config set Xfrout/query_acl[0] {"action": "ACCEPT", \
	                                  "key": "key.example"}
	(Trac #1104, git 9b2e89cabb6191db86f88ee717f7abc4171fa979)

274.	[bug]		naokikambe
	add unittests for functions xml_handler, xsd_handler and xsl_handler
	respectively to make sure their behaviors are correct, regardless of
	whether type which xml.etree.ElementTree.tostring() after Python3.2
	returns is str or byte.
	(Trac #1021, git 486bf91e0ecc5fbecfe637e1e75ebe373d42509b)

273.	[func]		vorner
	It is possible to specify ACL for the xfrout module. It is in the ACL
	configuration key and has the usual ACL syntax. It currently supports
	only the source address. Default ACL accepts everything.
	(Trac #772, git 50070c824270d5da1db0b716db73b726d458e9f7)

272.	[func]		jinmei
	libdns++/pydnspp: TSIG signing now handles truncated DNS messages
	(i.e. with TC bit on) with TSIG correctly.
	(Trac #910, 8e00f359e81c3cb03c5075710ead0f87f87e3220)

271.	[func]		stephen
	Default logging for unit tests changed to severity DEBUG (level 99)
	with the output routed to /dev/null.  This can be altered by setting
	the B10_LOGGER_XXX environment variables.
	(Trac #1024, git 72a0beb8dfe85b303f546d09986461886fe7a3d8)

270.	[func]		jinmei
	Added python bindings for ACLs using the DNS request as the
	context.  They are accessible via the isc.acl.dns module.
	(Trac #983, git c24553e21fe01121a42e2136d0a1230d75812b27)

269.	[bug]		y-aharen
	Modified IntervalTimerTest not to rely on the accuracy of the timer.
	This fix addresses occasional failure of build tests.
	(Trac #1016, git 090c4c5abac33b2b28d7bdcf3039005a014f9c5b)

268.	[func]		stephen
	Add environment variable to allow redirection of logging output during
	unit tests.
	(Trac #1071, git 05164f9d61006869233b498d248486b4307ea8b6)

bind10-devel-20110705 released on July 05, 2011

267.	[func]		tomek
	Added a dummy module for DHCP6. This module does not actually
	do anything at this point, and BIND 10 has no option for
	starting it yet. It is included as a base for further
	development.
	(Trac #990, git 4a590df96a1b1d373e87f1f56edaceccb95f267d)

266.	[func]		Multiple developers
        Convert various error messages, debugging and other output
        to the new logging interface, including for b10-resolver,
        the resolver library, the CC library, b10-auth, b10-cfgmgr,
        b10-xfrin, and b10-xfrout. This includes a lot of new
        documentation describing the new log messages.
        (Trac #738, #739, #742, #746, #759, #761, #762)

265.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-resolver: Introduced ACL on incoming queries.  By default the
	resolver accepts queries from ::1 and 127.0.0.1 and rejects all
	others.  The ACL can be configured with bindctl via the
	"Resolver/query_acl" parameter.  For example, to accept queries
	from 192.0.2.0/24 (in addition to the default list), do this:
	> config add Resolver/query_acl
	> config set Resolver/query_acl[2]/action "ACCEPT"
	> config set Resolver/query_acl[2]/from "192.0.2.0/24"
	> config commit
	(Trac #999, git e0744372924442ec75809d3964e917680c57a2ce,
	also based on other ACL related work done by stephen and vorner)

264.	[bug]		jerry
	b10-xfrout: fixed a busy loop in its notify-out subthread.  Due to
	the loop, the thread previously woke up every 0.5 seconds throughout
	most of the lifetime of b10-xfrout, wasting the corresponding CPU
	time.
	(Trac #1001, git fb993ba8c52dca4a3a261e319ed095e5af8db15a)

263.	[func]		jelte
	Logging configuration can now also accept a * as a first-level
	name (e.g. '*', or '*.cache'), indicating that every module
	should use that configuration, unless overridden by an explicit
	logging configuration for that module
	(Trac #1004, git 0fad7d4a8557741f953eda9fed1d351a3d9dc5ef)

262.	[func]		stephen
	Add some initial documentation about the logging framework.
	Provide BIND 10 Messages Manual in HTML and DocBook? XML formats.
	This provides all the log message descriptions in a single document.
	A developer tool, tools/system_messages.py (available in git repo),
	was written to generate this.
	(Trac #1012, git 502100d7b9cd9d2300e78826a3bddd024ef38a74)

261.	[func]		stephen
	Add new-style logging messages to b10-auth.
	(Trac #738, git c021505a1a0d6ecb15a8fd1592b94baff6d115f4)

260.	[func]		stephen
	Remove comma between message identification and the message
	text in the new-style logging messages.
	(Trac #1031, git 1c7930a7ba19706d388e4f8dcf2a55a886b74cd2)

259.	[bug]		stephen
	Logging now correctly initialized in b10-auth.  Also, fixed
	bug whereby querying for "version.bind txt ch" would cause
	b10-auth to crash if BIND 10 was started with the "-v" switch.
	(Trac #1022, #1023, git 926a65fa08617be677a93e9e388df0f229b01067)

258.	[build]		jelte
	Now builds and runs with Python 3.2
	(Trac #710, git dae1d2e24f993e1eef9ab429326652f40a006dfb)

257.	[bug]		y-aharen
	Fixed a bug an instance of IntervalTimerImpl may be destructed
	while deadline_timer is holding the handler. This fix addresses
	occasional failure of IntervalTimerTest.destructIntervalTimer.
	(Trac #957, git e59c215e14b5718f62699ec32514453b983ff603)

256.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/xfrin: update xfrin to check TSIG before other part of
	incoming message.
	(Trac #955, git 261450e93af0b0406178e9ef121f81e721e0855c)

255.	[func]		zhang likun
	src/lib/cache:  remove empty code in lib/cache and the corresponding
	suppression rule in	src/cppcheck-suppress.lst.
	(Trac #639, git 4f714bac4547d0a025afd314c309ca5cb603e212)

254.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrout: failed to send notifies over IPv6 correctly.
	(Trac #964, git 3255c92714737bb461fb67012376788530f16e40)

253.	[func]		jelte
	Add configuration options for logging through the virtual module
	Logging.
	(Trac #736, git 9fa2a95177265905408c51d13c96e752b14a0824)

252.	[func]		stephen
	Add syslog as destination for logging.
	(Trac #976, git 31a30f5485859fd3df2839fc309d836e3206546e)

251.	[bug]*		jinmei
	Make sure bindctl private files are non readable to anyone except
	the owner or users in the same group.  Note that if BIND 10 is run
	with changing the user, this change means that the file owner or
	group will have to be adjusted.  Also note that this change is
	only effective for a fresh install; if these files already exist,
	their permissions must be adjusted by hand (if necessary).
	(Trac #870, git 461fc3cb6ebabc9f3fa5213749956467a14ebfd4)

250.	[bug]		ocean
	src/lib/util/encode, in some conditions, the DecodeNormalizer's
	iterator may reach the end() and when later being dereferenced
	it will cause crash on some platform.
	(Trac #838, git 83e33ec80c0c6485d8b116b13045b3488071770f)

249.	[func]		jerry
	xfrout: add support for TSIG verification.
	(Trac #816, git 3b2040e2af2f8139c1c319a2cbc429035d93f217)

248.	[func]		stephen
	Add file and stderr as destinations for logging.
	(Trac #555, git 38b3546867425bd64dbc5920111a843a3330646b)

247.	[func]		jelte
	Upstream queries from the resolver now set EDNS0 buffer size.
	(Trac #834, git 48e10c2530fe52c9bde6197db07674a851aa0f5d)

246.	[func]		stephen
	Implement logging using log4cplus (http://log4cplus.sourceforge.net)
	(Trac #899, git 31d3f525dc01638aecae460cb4bc2040c9e4df10)

245.	[func]		vorner
	Authoritative server can now sign the answers using TSIG
	(configured in tsig_keys/keys, list of strings like
	"name:<base64-secret>:sha1-hmac"). It doesn't use them for
	ACL yet, only verifies them and signs if the request is signed.
	(Trac #875, git fe5e7003544e4e8f18efa7b466a65f336d8c8e4d)

244.	[func]		stephen
	In unit tests, allow the choice of whether unhandled exceptions are
	caught in the unit test program (and details printed) or allowed to
	propagate to the default exception handler.  See the bind10-dev thread
	https://lists.isc.org/pipermail/bind10-dev/2011-January/001867.html
	for more details.
	(Trac #542, git 1aa773d84cd6431aa1483eb34a7f4204949a610f)

243.	[func]*		feng
	Add optional hmac algorithm SHA224/384/512.
	(Trac #782, git 77d792c9d7c1a3f95d3e6a8b721ac79002cd7db1)

bind10-devel-20110519 released on May 19, 2011

242.	[func]		jinmei
	xfrin: added support for TSIG verify.  This change completes TSIG
	support in b10-xfrin.
	(Trac #914, git 78502c021478d97672232015b7df06a7d52e531b)

241.	[func]		jinmei
	pydnspp: added python extension for the TSIG API introduced in
	change 235.
	(Trac #905, git 081891b38f05f9a186814ab7d1cd5c572b8f777f)
	(Trac #915, git 0555ab65d0e43d03b2d40c95d833dd050eea6c23)

240.	[func]*		jelte
	Updated configuration options to Xfrin, so that you can specify
	a master address, port, and TSIG key per zone. Still only one per
	zone at this point, and TSIG keys are (currently) only specified
	by their full string representation. This replaces the
	Xfrin/master_addr, Xfrin/master_port, and short-lived
	Xfrin/tsig_key configurations with a Xfrin/zones list.
	(Trac #811, git 88504d121c5e08fff947b92e698a54d24d14c375)

239.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/xfrout: If a zone doesn't have notify slaves (only has
	one apex ns record - the primary master name server) will cause
	b10-xfrout uses 100% of CPU.
	(Trac #684, git d11b5e89203a5340d4e5ca51c4c02db17c33dc1f)

238.	[func]		zhang likun
	Implement the simplest forwarder, which pass everything through
	except QID, port number. The response will not be cached.
	(Trac #598_new, git 8e28187a582820857ef2dae9b13637a3881f13ba)

237.	[bug]		naokikambe
	Resolved that the stats module wasn't configurable in bindctl in
	spite of its having configuration items. The configuration part
	was removed from the original spec file "stats.spec" and was
	placed in a new spec file "stats-schema.spec". Because it means
	definitions of statistics items. The command part is still
	there. Thus stats module currently has no its own configuration,
	and the items in "stats-schema.spec" are neither visible nor
	configurable through bindctl. "stats-schema.spec" is shared with
	stats module and stats-httpd module, and maybe with other
	statistical modules in future. "stats.spec" has own configuration
	and commands of stats module, if it requires.
	(Trac #719, git a234b20dc6617392deb8a1e00eb0eed0ff353c0a)

236.	[func]		jelte
	C++ client side of configuration now uses BIND 10 logging system.
	It also has improved error handling when communicating with the
	rest of the system.
	(Trac #743, git 86632c12308c3ed099d75eb828f740c526dd7ec0)

235.	[func]		jinmei
	libdns++: added support for TSIG signing and verification.  It can
	be done using a newly introduced TSIGContext class.
	Note: we temporarily disabled support for truncated signature
	and modified some part of the code introduced in #226 accordingly.
	We plan to fix this pretty soon.
	(Trac #812, git ebe0c4b1e66d359227bdd1bd47395fee7b957f14)
	(Trac #871, git 7c54055c0e47c7a0e36fcfab4b47ff180c0ca8c8)
	(Trac #813, git ffa2f0672084c1f16e5784cdcdd55822f119feaa)
	(Trac #893, git 5aaa6c0f628ed7c2093ecdbac93a2c8cf6c94349)

234.	[func]		jerry
	src/bin/xfrin: update xfrin to use TSIG. Currently it only supports
	sending a signed TSIG request or SOA request.
	(Trac #815, git a892818fb13a1839c82104523cb6cb359c970e88)

233.	[func]		stephen
	Added new-style logging statements to the NSAS code.
	(Trac #745, git ceef68cd1223ae14d8412adbe18af2812ade8c2d)

232.	[func]		stephen
	To facilitate the writing of extended descriptions in
	message files, altered the message file format.  The message
	is now flagged with a "%" as the first non-blank character
	in the line and the lines in the extended description are
	no longer preceded by a "+".
	(Trac #900, git b395258c708b49a5da8d0cffcb48d83294354ba3)

231.	[func]*		vorner
	The logging interface changed slightly. We use
	logger.foo(MESSAGE_ID).arg(bar); instead of logger.foo(MESSAGE_ID,
	bar); internally. The message definitions use '%1,%2,...'
	instead of '%s,%d', which allows us to cope better with
	mismatched placeholders and allows reordering of them in
	case of translation.
	(Trac #901, git 4903410e45670b30d7283f5d69dc28c2069237d6)

230.	[bug]		naokikambe
	Removed too repeated verbose messages in two cases of:
	 - when auth sends statistics data to stats
	 - when stats receives statistics data from other modules
	(Trac #620, git 0ecb807011196eac01f281d40bc7c9d44565b364)

229.	[doc]		jreed
	Add manual page for b10-host.
	(git a437d4e26b81bb07181ff35a625c540703eee845)

228.	[func]*		jreed
	The host tool is renamed to b10-host. While the utility is
	a work in progress, it is expected to now be shipped with
	tarballs. Its initial goal was to be a host(1) clone,
	rewritten in C++ from scratch and using BIND 10's libdns++.
	It now supports the -a (any), -c class, -d (verbose) switches
	and has improved output.
	(Trac #872, git d846851699d5c76937533adf9ff9d948dfd593ca)

227.	[build]		jreed
	Add missing libdns++ rdata files for the distribution (this
	fixes distcheck error). Change three generated libdns++
	headers to "nodist" so they aren't included in the distribution
	(they were mistakenly included in last tarball).

226.	[func]*		jelte
	Introduced an API for cryptographic operations. Currently it only
	supports HMAC, intended for use with TSIG. The current
	implementation uses Botan as the backend library.
	This introduces a new dependency, on Botan.  Currently only Botan
	1.8.x works; older or newer versions don't.
	(Trac #781, git 9df42279a47eb617f586144dce8cce680598558a)

225.	[func]		naokikambe
	Added the HTTP/XML interface (b10-stats-httpd) to the
	statistics feature in BIND 10. b10-stats-httpd is a standalone
	HTTP server and it requests statistics data to the stats
	daemon (b10-stats) and sends it to HTTP clients in XML
	format. Items of the data collected via b10-stats-httpd
	are almost equivalent to ones which are collected via
	bindctl. Since it also can send XSL (Extensible Stylesheet
	Language) document and XSD (XML Schema definition) document,
	XML document is human-friendly to view through web browsers
	and its data types are strictly defined.
	(Trac #547, git 1cbd51919237a6e65983be46e4f5a63d1877b1d3)

224.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth, src/lib/datasrc: inconsistency between the hot spot
	cache and actual data source could cause a crash while query
	processing.  The crash could happen, e.g., when an sqlite3 DB file
	is being updated after a zone transfer while b10-auth handles a
	query using the corresponding sqlite3 data source.
	(Trac #851, git 2463b96680bb3e9a76e50c38a4d7f1d38d810643)

223.	[bug]		feng
	If ip address or port isn't usable for name server, name
	server process won't exist and give end user chance to
	reconfigure them.
	(Trac #775, git 572ac2cf62e18f7eb69d670b890e2a3443bfd6e7)

222.	[bug]*		jerry
	src/lib/zonemgr: Fix a bug that xfrin not checking for new
	copy of zone on startup.  Imposes some random jitters to
	avoid many zones need to do refresh at the same time. This
	removed the Zonemgr/jitter_scope setting and introduced
	Zonemgr/refresh_jitter and Zonemgr/reload_jitter.
	(Trac #387, git 1241ddcffa16285d0a7bb01d6a8526e19fbb70cb)

221.	[func]*		jerry
	src/lib/util: Create C++ utility library.
	(Trac #749, git 084d1285d038d31067f8cdbb058d626acf03566d)

220.	[func]		stephen
	Added the 'badpacket' program for testing; it sends a set of
	(potentially) bad packets to a nameserver and prints the responses.
	(Trac #703, git 1b666838b6c0fe265522b30971e878d9f0d21fde)

219.	[func]		ocean
	src/lib: move some dns related code out of asiolink library to
	asiodns library
	(Trac #751, git 262ac6c6fc61224d54705ed4c700dadb606fcb1c)

218.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: added support for RP RDATA.
	(Trac #806, git 4e47d5f6b692c63c907af6681a75024450884a88)

217.	[bug]		jerry
	src/lib/dns/python: Use a signed version of larger size of
	integer and perform more strict range checks with
	PyArg_ParseTuple() in case of overflows.
	(Trac #363, git ce281e646be9f0f273229d94ccd75bf7e08d17cf)

216.	[func]		vorner
	The BIND10_XFROUT_SOCKET_FILE environment variable can be
	used to specify which socket should be used for communication
	between b10-auth and b10-xfrout. Mostly for testing reasons.
	(Trac #615, git 28b01ad5bf72472c824a7b8fc4a8dc394e22e462)

215.	[func]		vorner
	A new process, b10-sockcreator, is added, which will create
	sockets for the rest of the system.  It is the only part
	which will need to keep the root privileges. However, only
	the process exists, nothing can talk to it yet.
	(Trac #366, git b509cbb77d31e388df68dfe52709d6edef93df3f)

214.	[func]*		vorner
	Zone manager no longer thinks it is secondary master for
	all zones in the database. They are listed in
	Zonemgr/secondary_zones configuration variable (in the form
	[{"name": "example.com", "class": "IN"}]).
	(Trac #670, git 7c1e4d5e1e28e556b1d10a8df8d9486971a3f052)

213.	[bug]		naokikambe
	Solved incorrect datetime of "bind10.boot_time" and also
	added a new command "sendstats" for Bob. This command is
	to send statistics data to the stats daemon immediately.
	The solved problem is that statistics data doesn't surely
	reach to the daemon because Bob sent statistics data to
	the daemon while it is starting. So the daemon invokes the
	command for Bob after it starts up. This command is also
	useful for resending statistics data via bindctl manually.
	(Trac #521, git 1c269cbdc76f5dc2baeb43387c4d7ccc6dc863d2)

212.	[bug]		naokikambe
	Fixed that the ModuleCCSession object may group_unsubscribe in the
	closed CC session in being deleted.
	(Trac #698, git 0355bddc92f6df66ef50b920edd6ec3b27920d61)

211.	[func]		shane
	Implement "--brittle" option, which causes the server to exit
	if any of BIND 10's processes dies.
	(Trac #788, git 88c0d241fe05e5ea91b10f046f307177cc2f5bc5)

210.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/auth: fixed a bug where type ANY queries don't provide
	additional glue records for ANSWER section.
	(Trac #699, git 510924ebc57def8085cc0e5413deda990b2abeee)

bind10-devel-20110322 released on March 22, 2011

209.	[func]		jelte
	Resolver now uses the NSAS when looking for a nameserver to
	query for any specific zone. This also includes keeping track of
	the RTT for that nameserver.
	(Trac #495, git 76022a7e9f3ff339f0f9f10049aa85e5784d72c5)

208.	[bug]*		jelte
	Resolver now answers REFUSED on queries that are not for class IN.
	This includes the various CH TXT queries, which will be added
	later.
	(git 012f9e78dc611c72ea213f9bd6743172e1a2ca20)

207.	[func]		jelte
	Resolver now starts listening on localhost:53 if no configuration
	is set.
	(Trac #471, git 1960b5becbba05570b9c7adf5129e64338659f07)

206.	[func]		shane
	Add the ability to list the running BIND 10 processes using the
	command channel. To try this, use "Boss show_processes".
	(Trac #648, git 451bbb67c2b5d544db2f7deca4315165245d2b3b)

205.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth, src/lib/datasrc: fixed a bug where b10-auth could return
	an empty additional section for delegation even if some glue is
	crucial when it fails to find some other glue records in its data
	source.
	(Trac #646, git 6070acd1c5b2f7a61574eda4035b93b40aab3e2b)

204.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth, src/lib/datasrc: class ANY queries were not handled
	correctly in the generic data source (mainly for sqlite3).  It
	could crash b10-auth in the worst case, and could result in
	incorrect responses in some other cases.
	(Trac #80, git c65637dd41c8d94399bd3e3cee965b694b633339)

203.	[bug]		zhang likun
	Fix resolver cache memory leak: when cache is destructed, rrset
	and message entries in it are not destructed properly.
	(Trac #643, git aba4c4067da0dc63c97c6356dc3137651755ffce)

202.	[func]		vorner
	It is possible to specify a different directory where we look for
	configuration files (by -p) and different configuration file to
	use (-c).  Also, it is possible to specify the port on which
	cmdctl should listen (--cmdctl-port).
	(Trac #615, git 5514dd78f2d61a222f3069fc94723ca33fb3200b)

201.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/bindctl: bindctl doesn't show traceback on shutdown.
	(Trac #588, git 662e99ef050d98e86614c4443326568a0b5be437)

200.	[bug]		Jelte
	Fixed a bug where incoming TCP connections were not closed.
	(Trac #589, git 1d88daaa24e8b1ab27f28be876f40a144241e93b)

199.	[func]		ocean
	Cache negative responses (NXDOMAIN/NODATA) from authoritative
	server for recursive resolver.
	(Trac #493, git f8fb852bc6aef292555063590c361f01cf29e5ca)

198.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth, src/lib/datasrc: fixed a bug where hot spot cache failed
	to reuse cached SOA for negative responses.  Due to this bug
	b10-auth returned SERVFAIL when it was expected to return a
	negative response immediately after a specific SOA query for
	the zone.
	(Trac #626, git 721a53160c15e8218f6798309befe940b9597ba0)

197.	[bug]		zhang likun
	Remove expired message and rrset entries when looking up them
	in cache, touch or remove the rrset entry in cache properly
	when doing lookup or update.
	(Trac #661, git 9efbe64fe3ff22bb5fba46de409ae058f199c8a7)

196.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth, src/lib/datasrc: the backend of the in-memory data
	source could not handle the root name.  As a result b10-auth could
	not work as a root server when using the in-memory data source.
	(Trac #683, git 420ec42bd913fb83da37b26b75faae49c7957c46)

195.	[func]		stephen
	Resolver will now re-try a query over TCP if a response to a UDP
	query has the TC bit set.
	(Trac #499, git 4c05048ba059b79efeab53498737abe94d37ee07)

194.	[bug]		vorner
	Solved a 100% CPU usage problem after switching addresses in b10-auth
	(and possibly, but unconfirmed, in b10-resolver). It was caused by
	repeated reads/accepts on closed socket (the bug was in the code for a
	long time, recent changes made it show).
	(Trac #657, git e0863720a874d75923ea66adcfbf5b2948efb10a)

193.	[func]*		jreed
	Listen on the IPv6 (::) and IPv4 (0.0.0.0) wildcard addresses
	for b10-auth. This returns to previous behavior prior to
	change #184. Document the listen_on configuration in manual.
	(Trac #649, git 65a77d8fde64d464c75917a1ab9b6b3f02640ca6)

192.	[func]*		jreed
	Listen on standard domain port 53 for b10-auth and
	b10-resolver.
	(Trac #617, #618, git 137a6934a14cf0c5b5c065e910b8b364beb0973f)

191.	[func]		jinmei
	Imported system test framework of BIND 9.  It can be run by
	'make systest' at the top source directory.  Notes: currently it
	doesn't work when built in a separate tree.  It also requires
	perl, an inherited dependency from the original framework.
	Also, mainly for the purpose of tests, a new option "--pid-file"
	was added to BoB, with which the boss process will dump its PID
	to the specified file.
	(Trac #606, git 6ac000df85625f5921e8895a1aafff5e4be3ba9c)

190.	[func]		jelte
	Resolver now sets random qids on outgoing queries using
	the boost::mt19937 prng.
	(Trac #583, git 5222b51a047d8f2352bc9f92fd022baf1681ed81)

189.	[bug]		jreed
	Do not install the log message compiler.
	(Trac #634, git eb6441aca464980d00e3ff827cbf4195c5a7afc5)

188.	[bug]		zhang likun
	Make the rrset trust level ranking algorithm used by
	isc::cache::MessageEntry::getRRsetTrustLevel() follow RFC2181
	section 5.4.1.
	(Trac #595 git 19197b5bc9f2955bd6a8ca48a2d04472ed696e81)

187.	[bug]		zhang likun
	Fix the assert error in class isc::cache::RRsetCache by adding the
	check for empty pointer and test case for it.
	(Trac #638, git 54e61304131965c4a1d88c9151f8697dcbb3ce12)

186.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-resolver could stop with an assertion failure on certain kinds
	of messages (there was a problem in error message creation). This
	fixes that.
	(Trac #607, git 25a5f4ec755bc09b54410fcdff22691283147f32)

185.	[bug]		vorner
	Tests use port from private range (53210), lowering chance of
	a conflict with something else (eg. running bind 10).
	(Trac #523, git 301da7d26d41e64d87c0cf72727f3347aa61fb40)

184.	[func]*		vorner
	Listening address and port configuration of b10-auth is the same as
	for b10-resolver now. That means, it is configured through bindctl
	at runtime, in the Auth/listen_on list, not through command line
	arguments.
	(Trac #575, #576, git f06ce638877acf6f8e1994962bf2dbfbab029edf)

183.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/xfrout: Enable parallel sessions between xfrout server and
	multi-Auth. The session needs to be created only on the first time
	or if an error occur.
	(Trac #419, git 1d60afb59e9606f312caef352ecb2fe488c4e751)

182.	[func]		jinmei
	Support cppcheck for static code check on C++ code.  If cppcheck
	is available, 'make cppcheck' on the top source directory will run
	the checker and should cleanly complete with an exit code of 0
	(at least with cppcheck 1.47).
	Note: the suppression list isn't included in the final
	distributions.  It should be created by hand or retrieved from
	the git repository.
	(Trac #613, git b973f67520682b63ef38b1451d309be9f4f4b218)

181.	[func]		feng
	Add stop interface into dns server, so we can stop each running
	server individually. With it, user can reconfigure her running server
	with different ip address or port.
	(Trac #388, git 6df94e2db856c1adc020f658cc77da5edc967555)

180.	[build]		jreed
	Fix custom DESTDIR for make install. Patch from Jan Engelhardt.
	(Trac #629, git 5ac67ede03892a5eacf42ce3ace1e4e376164c9f)

bind10-devel-20110224 released on February 24, 2011

179.	[func]		vorner
	It is possible to start and stop resolver and authoritative
	server without restart of the whole system. Change of the
	configuration (Boss/start_auth and Boss/start_resolver) is
	enough.
	(Trac #565, git 0ac0b4602fa30852b0d86cc3c0b4730deb1a58fe)

178.	[func]		jelte
	Resolver now makes (limited) use of the cache
	(Trac #491, git 8b41f77f0099ddc7ca7d34d39ad8c39bb1a8363c)

177.	[func]		stephen
	The upstream fetch code in asiolink is now protocol agnostic to
	allow for the addition of fallback to TCP if a fetch response
	indicates truncation.
	(Trac #554, git 9739cbce2eaffc7e80640db58a8513295cf684de)

176.	[func]		likun
	src/lib/cache: Rename one interface: from lookupClosestRRset()
	to lookupDeepestNS(), and remove one parameter of it.
	(Trac #492, git ecbfb7cf929d62a018dd4cdc7a841add3d5a35ae)

175.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/xfrout: Xfrout use the case-sensitive mode to compress
	names in an AXFR massage.
	(Trac #253, git 004e382616150f8a2362e94d3458b59bb2710182)

174.	[bug]*		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: revised dnssectime functions so that they don't rely
	on the time_t type (whose size varies on different systems, which
	can lead to subtle bugs like some form of "year 2038 problem").
	Also handled 32-bit wrap around issues more explicitly, with more
	detailed tests.  The function API has been changed, but the effect
	should be minimal because these functions are mostly private.
	(Trac #61, git 09ece8cdd41c0f025e8b897b4883885d88d4ba5d)

173.	[bug]		jerry
	python/isc/notify: A notify_out test fails without network
	connectivity, encapsulate the socket behavior using a mock
	socket class to fix it.
	(Trac #346, git 319debfb957641f311102739a15059f8453c54ce)

172.	[func]		jelte
	Improved the bindctl cli in various ways, mainly concerning
	list and map item addressing, the correct display of actual values,
	and internal help.
	(Trac #384, git e5fb3bc1ed5f3c0aec6eb40a16c63f3d0fc6a7b2)

171.	[func]		vorner
	b10-auth, src/lib/datasrc: in memory data source now works as a
	complete data source for authoritative DNS servers and b10-auth
	uses it.  It still misses major features, however, including
	DNSSEC support and zone transfer.
	(Last Trac #553, but many more,
	git 6f031a09a248e7684723c000f3e8cc981dcdb349)

170.	[bug]		jinmei
	Tightened validity checks in the NSEC3 constructors, both "from
	"text" and "from wire".  Specifically, wire data containing
	invalid type bitmaps or invalid lengths of salt or hash is now
	correctly rejected.
	(Trac #117, git 9c690982f24fef19c747a72f43c4298333a58f48)

169.	[func]		jelte
	Added a basic implementation for a resolver cache (though not
	used yet).
	(Trac #449, git 8aa3b2246ae095bbe7f855fd11656ae3bdb98986)

168.	[bug]		vorner
	Boss no longer has the -f argument, which was undocumented and
	stayed as a relict of previous versions, currently causing only
	strange behaviour.
	(Trac #572, git 17f237478961005707d649a661cc72a4a0d612d4)

167.	[bug]		naokikambe
	Fixed failure of termination of msgq_test.py with python3
	coverage (3.3.1).
	(Trac #573, git 0e6a18e12f61cc482e07078776234f32605312e5)

166.	[func]		jelte
	The resolver now sends back a SERVFAIL when there is a client
	timeout (timeout_client config setting), but it will not stop
	resolving (until there is a lookup timeout or a result).
	(Trac #497 and #489, git af0e5cd93bebb27cb5c4457f7759d12c8bf953a6)

165.	[func]		jelte
	The resolver now handles CNAMEs, it will follow them, and include
	them in the answer. The maximum length of CNAME chains that is
	supported is 16.
	(Trac #497, git af0e5cd93bebb27cb5c4457f7759d12c8bf953a6)

164.	[bug]		y-aharen
	IntervalTimer: Modified the interface to accept interval in
	milliseconds. It shortens the time of the tests of IntervalTimer.
	(Trac #452, git c9f6acc81e24c4b8f0eb351123dc7b43f64e0914)

163.	[func]		vorner
	The pimpl design pattern is used in UDPServer, with a shared
	pointer. This makes it smaller to copy (which is done a lot as a
	side effect of being coroutine) and speeds applications of this
	class (notably b10-auth) up by around 10%.
	(Trac #537, git 94cb95b1d508541201fc064302ba836164d3cbe6)

162.	[func]		stephen
	Added C++ logging, allowing logging at different severities.
	Code specifies the message to be logged via a symbol, and the
	logging code picks up the message from an in-built dictionary.
	The contents of the dictionary can be replaced at run-time by
	locale-specific messages.  A message compiler program is provided
	to create message header files and supply the default messages.
	(Trac #438, git 7b1606cea7af15dc71f5ec1d70d958b00aa98af7)

161.	[func]		stephen
	Added ResponseScrubber class to examine response from
	a server and to remove out-of-bailiwick RRsets.  Also
	does cross-section checks to ensure consistency.
	(Trac #496, git b9296ca023cc9e76cda48a7eeebb0119166592c5)

160.	[func]		jelte
	Updated the resolver to take 3 different timeout values;
	timeout_query for outstanding queries we sent while resolving
	timeout_client for sending an answer back to the client
	timeout_lookup for stopping the resolving
	(currently 2 and 3 have the same final effect)
	(Trac #489, git 578ea7f4ba94dc0d8a3d39231dad2be118e125a2)

159.	[func]		smann
	The resolver now has a configurable set of root servers to start
	resolving at (called root_addresses). By default these are not
	(yet) filled in. If empty, a hardcoded address for f-root will be
	used right now.
	(Trac #483, git a07e078b4feeb01949133fc88c9939254c38aa7c)

158.	[func]		jelte
	The Resolver module will now do (very limited) resolving, if not
	set to forwarding mode (i.e. if the configuration option
	forward_addresses is left empty). It only supports referrals that
	contain glue addresses at this point, and does no other processing
	of authoritative answers.
	(Trac #484, git 7b84de4c0e11f4a070e038ca4f093486e55622af)

157.	[bug]		vorner
	One frozen process no longer freezes the whole b10-msgq. It caused the
	whole system to stop working.
	(Trac #420, git 93697f58e4d912fa87bc7f9a591c1febc9e0d139)

156.	[func]		stephen
	Added ResponseClassifier class to examine response from
	a server and classify it into one of several categories.
	(Trac #487, git 18491370576e7438c7893f8551bbb8647001be9c)

bind10-devel-20110120 released on January 20, 2011

155.	[doc]		jreed
	Miscellaneous documentation improvements for man pages and
	the guide, including auth, resolver, stats, xfrout, and
	zonemgr.  (git c14c4741b754a1eb226d3bdc3a7abbc4c5d727c0)

154.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-xfrin/b10-zonemgr: Fixed a bug where these programs didn't
	receive command responses from CC sessions.  Eventually the
	receive buffer became full, and many other components that rely
	on CC channels would stall (as noted in #420 and #513).  This is
	an urgent care fix due to the severity of the problem; we'll need
	to revisit it for cleaner fix later.
	(Trac #516, git 62c72fcdf4617e4841e901408f1e7961255b8194)

153.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-cfgmgr: Fixed a bug where configuration updates sometimes
	lost previous settings in the configuration manager.
	(Trac #427, git 2df894155657754151e0860e2ca9cdbed7317c70)

152.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-auth: Added new configuration variable "statistics-interval"
	to allow the user to change the timer interval for periodic
	statistics updates.  The update can also be disabled by setting
	the value to 0.  Disabling statistics updates will also work as
	a temporary workaround of a known issue that b10-auth can block in
	sending statistics and stop responding to queries as a result.
	(Trac #513, git 285c5ee3d5582ed6df02d1aa00387f92a74e3695)

151.	[bug]		smann
	lib/log/dummylog.h:
	lib/log/dummylog.cc: Modify dlog so that it takes an optional
	2nd argument of type bool (true or false). This flag, if
	set, will cause the message to be printed whether or not
	-v is chosen.
        (Trac #432, git 880220478c3e8702d56d761b1e0b21b77d08ee5a)

150.	[bug]		jelte
	b10-cfgmgr: No longer save the configuration on exit. Configuration
	is already saved if it is changed successfully, so writing it on
	exit (and hence, when nothing has changed too) is unnecessary and
	may even cause problems.
	(Trac #435, git fd7baa38c08d54d5b5f84930c1684c436d2776dc)

149.	[bug]		jelte
	bindctl: Check if the user session has disappeared (either by a
	timeout or by a server restart), and reauthenticate if so. This
	fixes the 'cmdctl not running' problem.
        (Trac #431, git b929be82fec5f92e115d8985552f84b4fdd385b9)

148.	[func]		jelte
	bindctl: Command results are now pretty-printed (i.e. printed in
	a more readable form). Empty results are no longer printed at all
	(used to print '{}'), and the message
	'send the command to cmd-ctrl' has also been removed.
	(git 3954c628c13ec90722a2d8816f52a380e0065bae)

147.	[bug]		jinmei
	python/isc/config: Fixed a bug that importing custom configuration
	(in b10-config.db) of a remote module didn't work.
	(Trac #478, git ea4a481003d80caf2bff8d0187790efd526d72ca)

146.	[func]		jelte
	Command arguments were not validated internally against their
	specifications. This change fixes that (on the C++ side, Python
	side depends on an as yet planned addition). Note: this is only
	an added internal check, the cli already checks format.
	(Trac #473, git 5474eba181cb2fdd80e2b2200e072cd0a13a4e52)

145.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-auth: added a new command 'loadzone' for (re)loading a
	specific zone.  The command syntax is generic but it is currently
	only feasible for class IN in memory data source.  To reload a
	zone "example.com" via bindctl, execute the command as follows:
	> Auth loadzone origin = example.com
	(Trac #467 git 4f7e1f46da1046de527ab129a88f6aad3dba7562
	from 1d7d3918661ba1c6a8b1e40d8fcbc5640a84df12)

144.	[build]		jinmei
	Introduced a workaround for clang++ build on FreeBSD (and probably
	some other OSes).  If building BIND 10 fails with clang++ due to
	a link error about "__dso_handle", try again from the configure
	script with CXX_LIBTOOL_LDFLAGS=-L/usr/lib (the path actually
	doesn't matter; the important part is the -L flag).  This
	workaround is not automatically enabled as it's difficult to
	detect the need for it dynamically, and must be enabled via the
	variable by hand.
	(Trac #474, git cfde436fbd7ddf3f49cbbd153999656e8ca2a298)

143.	[build]		jinmei
	Fixed build problems with clang++ in unit tests due to recent
	changes.  No behavior change. (Trac #448, svn r4133)

142.	[func]		jinmei
	b10-auth: updated query benchmark so that it can test in memory
	data source.  Also fixed a bug that the output buffer isn't
	cleared after query processing, resulting in misleading results
	or program crash.  This is a regression due to change #135.
	(Trac #465, svn r4103)

141.	[bug]		jinmei
	b10-auth: Fixed a bug that the authoritative server includes
	trailing garbage data in responses.  This is a regression due to
	change #135. (Trac #462, svn r4081)

140.	[func]		y-aharen
	src/bin/auth: Added a feature to count queries and send counter
	values to statistics periodically. To support it, added wrapping
	class of asio::deadline_timer to use as interval timer.
	The counters can be seen using the "Stats show" command from
	bindctl.  The result would look like:
	  ... "auth.queries.tcp": 1, "auth.queries.udp": 1 ...
	Using the "Auth sendstats" command you can make b10-auth send the
	counters to b10-stats immediately.
	(Trac #347, svn r4026)

139.	[build]		jreed
	Introduced configure option and make targets for generating
	Python code coverage report. This adds new make targets:
	report-python-coverage and clean-python-coverage. The C++
	code coverage targets were renamed to clean-cpp-coverage
	and report-cpp-coverage. (Trac #362, svn r4023)

138.	[func]*		jinmei
	b10-auth: added a configuration interface to support in memory
	data sources.  For example, the following command to bindctl
	will configure a memory data source containing the "example.com"
	zone with the zone file named "example.com.zone":
	> config set Auth/datasources/ [{"type": "memory", "zones": \
	 [{"origin": "example.com", "file": "example.com.zone"}]}]
	By default, the memory data source is disabled; it must be
	configured explicitly.  To disable it again, specify a null list
	for Auth/datasources:
	> config set Auth/datasources/ []
	Notes: it's currently for class IN only.  The zone files are not
	actually loaded into memory yet (which will soon be implemented).
	This is an experimental feature and the syntax may change in
	future versions.
	(Trac #446, svn r3998)

137.	[bug]		jreed
	Fix run_*.sh scripts that are used for development testing
	so they use a msgq socket file in the build tree.
	(Trac #226, svn r3989)

136.	[bug]		jelte
	bindctl (and the configuration manager in general) now no longer
	accepts 'unknown' data; i.e. data for modules that it does not know
	about, or configuration items that are not specified in the .spec
	files.
	(Trac #202, svn r3967)

135.	[func]		each
	Add b10-resolver. This is an example recursive server that
	currently does forwarding only and no caching.
	(Trac #327, svn r3903)

134.	[func]		vorner
	b10-resolver supports timeouts and retries in forwarder mode.
	(Trac #401, svn r3660)

133.	[func]		vorner
	New temporary logging function available in isc::log. It is used by
	b10-resolver.
	(Trac #393, r3602)

132.	[func]		vorner
	The b10-resolver is configured through config manager.
	It has "listen_on" and "forward_addresses" options.
	(Trac #389, r3448)

131.	[func]		jerry
	src/lib/datasrc: Introduced two template classes RBTree and RBNode
	to provide the generic map with domain name as key and anything as
	the value. Because of some unresolved design issue, the new classes
	are only intended to be used by memory zone and zone table.
	(Trac #397, svn r3890)

130.	[func]		jerry
	src/lib/datasrc: Introduced a new class MemoryDataSrc to provide
	the general interface for memory data source.  For the initial
	implementation, we don't make it a derived class of AbstractDataSrc
	because the interface is so different (we'll eventually
	consider this as part of the generalization work).
	(Trac #422, svn r3866)

129.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: Added new functions masterLoad() for loading master
	zone files.  The initial implementation can only parse a limited
	form of master files, but BIND 9's named-compilezone can convert
	any valid zone file into the acceptable form.
	(Trac #423, svn r3857)

128.	[build]		vorner
	Test for query name = '.', type = DS to authoritative nameserver
	for root zone was added.
	(Trac #85, svn r3836)

127.	[bug]		stephen
	During normal operation process termination and resurrection messages
	are now output regardless of the state of the verbose flag.
	(Trac #229, svn r3828)

126.	[func]		ocean
	The Nameserver Address Store (NSAS) component has been added. It takes
	care of choosing an IP address of a nameserver when a zone needs to be
	contacted.
	(Trac #356, Trac #408, svn r3823)

bind10-devel-20101201 released on December 01, 2010

125.	[func]		jelte
	Added support for addressing individual list items in bindctl
	configuration commands; If you have an element that is a list, you
	can use foo[X]		integer
	(starting at 0)
	(Trac #405, svn r3739)

124.	[bug]		jreed
	Fix some wrong version reporting. Now also show the version
	for the component and BIND 10 suite. (Trac #302, svn r3696)

123.	[bug]		jelte
	src/bin/bindctl printed values had the form of python literals
	(e.g. 'True'), while the input requires valid JSON (e.g. 'true').
	Output changed to JSON format for consistency. (svn r3694)

122.	[func]		stephen
	src/bin/bind10: Added configuration options to Boss to determine
	whether to start the authoritative server, recursive server (or
	both). A dummy program has been provided for test purposes.
	(Trac #412, svn r3676)

121.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: Added support for TSIG RDATA.  At this moment this is
	not much of real use, however, because no protocol support was
	added yet.  It will soon be added. (Trac #372, svn r3649)

120.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: introduced two new classes, TSIGKey and TSIGKeyRing,
	to manage TSIG keys. (Trac #381, svn r3622)

119.	[bug]		jinmei
	The master file parser of the python datasrc module incorrectly
	regarded a domain name beginning with a decimal number as a TTL
	specification.  This confused b10-loadzone and had it reject to
	load a zone file that contains such a name.
	Note: this fix is incomplete and the loadzone would still be
	confused if the owner name is a syntactically indistinguishable
	from a TTL specification.  This is part of a more general issue
	and will be addressed in Trac #413. (Trac #411, svn r3599)

118.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: changed the interface of
	AbstractRRset::getRdataIterator() so that the internal
	cursor would point to the first RDATA automatically.  This
	will be a more intuitive and less error prone behavior.
	This is a backward compatible change. (Trac #410, r3595)

117.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/datasrc: added new zone and zone table classes for the
	support of in memory data source.  This is an intermediate step to
	the bigger feature, and is not yet actually usable in practice.
	(Trac #399, svn r3590)

116.	[bug]		jerry
	src/bin/xfrout: Xfrout and Auth will communicate by long tcp
	connection, Auth needs to make a new connection only on the first
	time or if an error occurred.
	(Trac #299, svn r3482)

115.	[func]*		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: Changed DNS message flags and section names from
	separate classes to simpler enums, considering the balance between
	type safety and usability.  API has been changed accordingly.
	More documentation and tests were provided with these changes.
	(Trac #358, r3439)

114.	[build]		jinmei
	Supported clang++.  Note: Boost >= 1.44 is required.
	(Trac #365, svn r3383)

113.	[func]*		zhanglikun
	Folder name 'utils'(the folder in /src/lib/python/isc/) has been
	renamed	to 'util'. Programs that used 'import isc.utils.process'
	now need to use 'import isc.util.process'. The folder
	/src/lib/python/isc/Util is removed since it isn't used by any
	program. (Trac #364, r3382)

112.	[func]		zhang likun
	Add one mixin class to override the naive serve_forever() provided
	in python library socketserver. Instead of polling for shutdown
	every poll_interval seconds, one socketpair is used to wake up
	the waiting server. (Trac #352, svn r3366)

111.	[bug]*		Vaner
	Make sure process xfrin/xfrout/zonemgr/cmdctl can be stopped
	properly when user enter "ctrl+c" or 'Boss shutdown' command
	through bindctl.  The ZonemgrRefresh.run_timer and
	NotifyOut.dispatcher spawn a thread themselves.
	(Trac #335, svn r3273)

110.	[func]		Vaner
	Added isc.net.check module to check ip addresses and ports for
	correctness and isc.net.addr to hold IP address. The bind10, xfrin
	and cmdctl programs are modified to use it.
	(Trac #353, svn r3240)

109.	[func]		naokikambe
	Added the initial version of the stats module for the statistics
	feature of BIND 10, which supports the restricted features and
	items and reports via bindctl command. (Trac #191, r3218)
	Added the document of the stats module, which is about how stats
	module collects the data (Trac #170, [wiki:StatsModule])

108.	[func]		jerry
	src/bin/zonemgr: Provide customizable configurations for
	lowerbound_refresh, lowerbound_retry, max_transfer_timeout and
	jitter_scope. (Trac #340, r3205)

107.	[func]		likun
	Remove the parameter 'db_file' for command 'retransfer' of
	xfrin module. xfrin.spec will not be generated by script.
	(Trac #329, r3171)

106.	[bug]		likun
	When xfrin can't connect with one zone's master, it should tell
	the bad news to zonemgr, so that zonemgr can reset the timer for
	that zone. (Trac #329, r3170)

105.	[bug]		Vaner
	Python processes: they no longer take 100% CPU while idle
	due to a busy loop in reading command session in a nonblocking way.
	(Trac #349, svn r3153), (Trac #382, svn r3294)

104.	[bug]		jerry
	bin/zonemgr: zonemgr should be attempting to refresh expired zones.
	(Trac #336, r3139)

103.	[bug]		jerry
	lib/python/isc/log: Fixed an issue with python logging,
	python log shouldn't die with OSError. (Trac #267, r3137)

102.	[build]		jinmei
	Disable threads in ASIO to minimize build time dependency.
	(Trac #345, r3100)

101.	[func]		jinmei
	src/lib/dns: Completed Opcode and Rcode implementation with more
	tests and documentation.  API is mostly the same but the
	validation was a bit tightened. (Trac #351, svn r3056)

100.	[func]		Vaner
	Python processes: support naming of python processes so
	they're not all called python3.
	(Trac #322, svn r3052)

99.	[func]*		jinmei
	Introduced a separate EDNS class to encapsulate EDNS related
	information more cleanly.  The related APIs are changed a bit,
	although it won't affect most of higher level applications.
	(Trac #311, svn r3020)

98.	[build]		jinmei
	The ./configure script now tries to search some common include
	paths for boost header files to minimize the need for explicit
	configuration with --with-boost-include. (Trac #323, svn r3006)

97.	[func]		jinmei
	Added a micro benchmark test for query processing of b10-auth.
	(Trac #308, svn r2982)

96.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed two small issues with configure: Do not set CXXFLAGS so that
	it can be customized; Make sure --disable-static works.
	(Trac #325, r2976)

bind10-devel-20100917 released on September 17, 2010

95.	[doc, bug]	jreed
	Add b10-zonemgr manual page. Update other docs to introduce
	this secondary manager.
	bin/xfrout and bin/zonemgr: Fixed some stderr output.
	(Trac #341, svn r2951)
	(Trac #342, svn r2949)

94.	[bug]		jelte
	bin/xfrout:  Fixed a problem in xfrout where only 2 or 3 RRs
	were used per DNS message in the xfrout stream.
	(Trac #334, r2931)

93.	[bug]		jinmei
	lib/datasrc: A DS query could crash the library (and therefore,
	e.g. the authoritative server) if some RR of the same apex name
	is stored in the hot spot cache. (Trac #307, svn r2923)

92.	[func]*		jelte
	libdns_python (the python wrappers for libdns++) has been renamed
	to pydnspp (Python DNS++). Programs and libraries that used
	'import libdns_python' now need to use 'import pydnspp'.
	(Trac #314, r2902)

91.	[func]*		jinmei
	lib/cc: Use const pointers and const member functions for the API
	as much as possible for safer operations.  Basically this does not
	change the observable behavior, but some of the API were changed
	in a backward incompatible manner.  This change also involves more
	copies, but at this moment the overhead is deemed acceptable.
	(Trac #310, r2803)

90.	[build]		jinmei
	(Darwin/Mac OS X specific) Specify DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH for tests and
	experimental run under the source tree.  Without this loadable
	python modules refer to installation paths, which may confuse the
	operation due to version mismatch or even trigger run time errors
	due to missing libraries. (Trac #313, r2782)

89.	[build]		jinmei
	Generate b10-config.db for tests at build time so that the source
	tree does not have to be writable. (Trac #315, r2776)

88.	[func]		jelte
	Blocking reads on the msgq command channel now have a timeout
	(defaults to 4 seconds, modifiable as needed by modules).
	Because of this, modules will no longer block indefinitely
	if they are waiting for a message that is not sent for whatever
	reason. (Trac #296, r2761)

87.	[func]		zhanglikun
	lib/python/isc/notifyout: Add the feature of notify-out, when
	zone axfr/ixfr finishing, the server will notify its slaves.
	(Trac #289, svn r2737)

86.	[func]		jerry
	bin/zonemgr: Added zone manager module. The zone manager is one
	of the co-operating processes of BIND 10, which keeps track of
	timers and other information necessary for BIND 10 to act as a
	slave. (Trac #215, svn r2737)

85.	[build]*		jinmei
	Build programs using dynamic link by default.  A new configure
	option --enable-static-link is provided to force static link for
	executable programs.  Statically linked programs can be run on a
	debugger more easily and would be convenient for developers.
	(Trac #309, svn r2723)

bind10-devel-20100812 released on August 12, 2010

84.	[bug]		jinmei, jerry
	This is a quick fix patch for the issue: AXFR fails half the
	time because of connection problems. xfrout client will make
	a new connection every time. (Trac #299, svn r2697)

83.	[build]*		jreed
	The configure --with-boost-lib option is removed. It was not
	used since the build included ASIO. (svn r2684)

82.	[func]		jinmei
	bin/auth: Added -u option to change the effective process user
	of the authoritative server after invocation.  The same option to
	the boss process will be propagated to b10-auth, too.
	(Trac #268, svn r2675)

81.	[func]		jinmei
	Added a C++ framework for micro benchmark tests.  A supplemental
	library functions to build query data for the tests were also
	provided. (Trac #241, svn r2664)

80.	[bug]		jelte
	bindctl no longer accepts configuration changes for unknown or
	non-running modules (for the latter, this is until we have a
	way to verify those options, at which point it'll be allowed
	again).
	(Trac #99, r2657)

79.	[func]		feng, jinmei
	Refactored the ASIO link interfaces to move incoming XFR and
	NOTIFY processing to the auth server class.  Wrapper classes for
	ASIO specific concepts were also provided, so that other BIND 10
	modules can (eventually) use the interface without including the
	ASIO header file directly.  On top of these changes, AXFR and
	NOTIFY processing was massively improved in terms of message
	validation and protocol conformance.  Detailed tests were provided
	to confirm the behavior.
	Note: Right now, NOTIFY doesn't actually trigger subsequent zone
	transfer due to security reasons. (Trac #221, r2565)

78.	[bug]		jinmei
	lib/dns: Fixed miscellaneous bugs in the base32 (hex) and hex
	(base16) implementation, including incorrect padding handling,
	parser failure in decoding with a SunStudio build, missing
	validation on the length of encoded hex string.  Test cases were
	more detailed to identify these bugs and confirm the fix.  Also
	renamed the incorrect term of "base32" to "base32hex".  This
	changed the API, but they are not intended to be used outside
	libdns++, so we don't consider it a backward incompatible change.
	(Trac #256, r2549)

77.	[func]		zhanglikun
	Make error message be more friendly when running cmdctl and it's
	already running (listening on same port)(Trac #277, r2540)

76.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug in the handling of 'remote' config modules (i.e.
	modules that peek at the configuration of other modules), where
	they answered 'unknown command' to commands for those other
	modules. (Trac #278, r2506)

75.	[bug]		jinmei
	Fixed a bug in the sqlite3 data source where temporary strings
	could be referenced after destruction.  It caused various lookup
	failures with SunStudio build. (Trac #288, r2494)

74.	[func]*		jinmei
	Refactored the cc::Session class by introducing an abstract base
	class.  Test code can use their own derived mock class so that
	tests can be done without establishing a real CC session.  This
	change also modified some public APIs, mainly in the config
	module. (Trac #275, r2459)

73.	[bug]		jelte
	Fixed a bug where in bindctl, locally changed settings were
	reset when the list of running modules is updated. (Trac #285,
	r2452)

72.	[build]		jinmei
	Added -R when linking python wrapper modules to libpython when
	possible.  This helps build BIND 10 on platforms that install
	libpython whose path is unknown to run-time loader.  NetBSD is a
	known such platform. (Trac #148, r2427)

71.	[func]		each
	Add "-a" (address) option to bind10 to specify an address for
	the auth server to listen on.

70.	[func]		each
	Added a hot-spot cache to libdatasrc to speed up access to
	repeatedly-queried data and reduce the number of queries to
	the underlying database; this should substantially improve
	performance.  Also added a "-n" ("no cache") option to
	bind10 and b10-auth to disable the cache if needed.
	(Trac #192, svn r2383)

bind10-devel-20100701 released on July 1, 2010

69.	[func]*		jelte
	Added python wrappers for libdns++ (isc::dns), and libxfr. This
	removes the dependency on Boost.Python. The wrappers don't
	completely implement all functionality, but the high-level API
	is wrapped, and current modules use it now.
	(Trac #181, svn r2361)

68.	[func]		zhanglikun
	Add options -c (--certificate-chain) to bindctl. Override class
	HTTPSConnection to support server certificate validation.
	Add support to cmdctl.spec file, now there are three configurable
	items for cmdctl: 'key_file', 'cert_file' and 'accounts_file',
	all of them can be changed in runtime.
	(Trac #127, svn r2357)

67.	[func]		zhanglikun
	Make bindctl's command parser only do minimal check.
	Parameter value can be a sequence of non-space characters,
	or a string surrounded by quotation marks (these marks can
	be a part of the value string in escaped form). Make error
	message be more friendly. (If there is some error in
	parameter's value, the parameter name will be provided).
	Refactor function login_to_cmdctl() in class BindCmdInterpreter:
	avoid using Exception to catch all exceptions.
	(Trac #220, svn r2356)

66.	[bug]		each
	Check for duplicate RRsets before inserting data into a message
	section; this, among other things, will prevent multiple copies
	of the same CNAME from showing up when there's a loop. (Trac #69,
	svn r2350)

65.	[func]		shentingting
	Various loadzone improvements: allow optional comment for
	$TTL, allow optional origin and comment for $INCLUDE, allow
	optional comment for $ORIGIN, support BIND9 extension of
	time units for TTLs, and fix bug to not use class as part
	of label name when records don't have a label but do have
	a class.  Added verbose options to exactly what is happening
	with loadzone.  Added loadzone test suite of different file
	formats to load.
	(Trac #197, #199, #244, #161, #198, #174, #175, svn r2340)

64.	[func]		jerry
	Added python logging framework. It is for testing and
	experimenting with logging ideas. Currently, it supports
	three channels (file, syslog and stderr) and five levels
	(debug, info, warning, error and critical).
	(Trac #176, svn r2338)

63.	[func]		shane
	Added initial support for setuid(), using the "-u" flag. This will
	be replaced in the future, but for now provides a reasonable
	starting point.
	(Trac #180, svn r2330)

62.	[func]		jelte
	bin/xfrin: Use the database_file as configured in Auth to transfers
	bin/xfrout: Use the database_file as configured in Auth to transfers

61.	[bug]		jelte
	bin/auth: Enable b10-auth to be launched in source tree
	(i.e. use a zone database file relative to that)

60.	[build]		jinmei
	Supported SunStudio C++ compiler.  Note: gtest still doesn't work.
	(Trac #251, svn r2310)

59.	[bug]		jinmei
	lib/datasrc, bin/auth: The authoritative server could return a
	SERVFAIL with a partial answer if it finds a data source broken
	while looking for an answer.  This can happen, for example, if a
	zone that doesn't have an NS RR is configured and loaded as a
	sqlite3 data source. (Trac #249, r2286)

58.	[bug]		jinmei
	Worked around an interaction issue between ASIO and standard C++
	library headers.  Without this ASIO didn't work: sometimes the
	application crashes, sometimes it blocked in the ASIO module.
	(Trac #248, svn r2187, r2190)

57.	[func]		jinmei
	lib/datasrc: used a simpler version of Name::split (change 31) for
	better readability.  No behavior change. (Trac #200, svn r2159)

56.	[func]*		jinmei
	lib/dns: renamed the library name to libdns++ to avoid confusion
	with the same name of library of BIND 9.
	(Trac #190, svn r2153)

55.	[bug]		shane
	bin/xfrout: xfrout exception on Ctrl-C now no longer generates
	exception for 'Interrupted system call'
	(Trac #136, svn r2147)

54.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	bin/xfrout: Enable b10-xfrout can be launched in source
	code tree.
	(Trac #224, svn r2103)

53.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	bin/bindctl: Generate a unique session ID by using
	socket.gethostname() instead of socket.gethostbyname(),
	since the latter one could make bindctl	stall if its own
	host name can't be resolved.
	(Trac #228, svn r2096)

52.	[func]		zhanglikun
	bin/xfrout: When xfrout is launched, check whether the
	socket file is being used by one running xfrout process,
	if it is, exit from python.	If the file isn't a socket file
	or nobody is listening, it will be removed. If it can't
	be removed, exit from python.
	(Trac #151, svn r2091)

bind10-devel-20100602 released on June 2, 2010

51.	[build]		jelte
	lib/python: Add bind10_config.py module for paths and
	possibly other configure-time variables. Allow some components
	to find spec files in build tree when ran from source.
	(Trac #223)

50.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	bin/xfrin: a regression in xfrin: it can't communicate with
	a remote server. (Trac #218, svn r2038)

49.	[func]*		jelte
	Use unix domain sockets for msgq. For b10-msgq, the command
	line options --msgq-port and -m were removed. For bind10,
	the -msgq-port option was removed, and the -m command line
	option was changed to be a filename (instead of port number).
	(Trac #183, svn r2009)

48.	[func]		jelte
	bin/auth: Use asio's io_service for the msgq handling.
	(svn r2007)

47.	[func]		zhanglikun
	bin/cmdctl: Add value/type check for commands sent to
	cmdctl. (Trac #201, svn r1959)

46.	[func]		zhanglikun
	lib/cc: Fix real type data encoding/decoding. (Trac #193,
	svn r1959)

45.	[func]		zhanglikun
	bin/bind10: Pass verbose option to more modules. (Trac
	#205, svn r1957)

44.	[build]		jreed
	Install headers for libdns and libexception. (Trac #68,
	svn r1941)

43.	[func]		jelte
	lib/cc: Message queuing on cc channel. (Trac #58, svn r1870)

42.	[func]		jelte
	lib/python/isc/config:      Make temporary file with python
	tempfile module instead of manual with fixed name. (Trac
	#184, svn r1859)

41.	[func]		jelte
	Module descriptions in spec files. (Trac #90, svn r1856)

40.	[build]		jreed
	Report detected features and configure settings at end of
	configure output. (svn r1836)

39.	[func]*		each
	Renamed libauth to libdatasrc.

38.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	Send command 'shutdown' to Xfrin and Xfrout when boss receive SIGINT.
	Remove unused socket file when Xfrout process exits. Make sure Xfrout
	exit by itself when it receives SIGINT, instead of being killed by the
	signal SIGTERM or SIGKILL sent from boss.
	(Trac #135, #151, #134, svn r1797)

37.	[build]		jinmei
	Check for the availability of python-config. (Trac #159,
	svn r1794)

36.	[func]		shane
	bin/bind10:	Miscellaneous code cleanups and improvements.
	(Trac #40, svn r2012)

35.	[bug]		jinmei
	bin/bindctl: fixed a bug that it didn't accept IPv6 addresses as
	command arguments. (Trac #219, svn r2022)

34.	[bug]		jinmei
	bin/xfrin: fixed several small bugs with many additional unit
	tests.  Fixes include: IPv6 transport support, resource leak,
	and non IN class support. (Trac #185, svn r2000)

33.	[bug]		each
	bin/auth: output now prepended with "[b10-auth]" (Trac
	#109, svn r1985)

32.	[func]*		each
	bin/auth: removed custom query-processing code, changed
        boost::asio code to use plain asio instead, and added asio
        headers to the source tree.  This allows building without
        using an external boost library. (Trac #163, svn r1983)

31.	[func]		jinmei
	lib/dns: added a separate signature for Name::split() as a
	convenient wrapper for common usage. (Trac #49, svn r1903)

30.	[bug]		jinmei
	lib/dns: parameter validation of Name::split() was not sufficient,
	and invalid parameters could cause integer overflow and make the
	library crash. (Trac #177, svn r1806)

bind10-devel-20100421 released on April 21, 2010

29.	[build]		jreed
	Enable Python unit tests for "make check". (svn r1762)

28.	[bug]		jreed
	Fix msgq CC test so it can find its module. (svn r1751)

27.	[build]		jelte
	Add missing copyright license statements to various source
	files. (svn r1750)

26.	[func]		jelte
	Use PACKAGE_STRING (name + version) from config.h instead
	of hard-coded value in CH TXT version.bind replies (Trac
	#114, svn r1749)

25.	[func]*		jreed
	Renamed msgq to b10-msgq. (Trac #25, svn r1747, r1748)

24.	[func]		jinmei
	Support case-sensitive name compression in MessageRenderer.
	(Trac #142, svn r1704)

23.	[func]		jinmei
	Support a simple name with possible compression. (svn r1701)

22.	[func]		zhanglikun
	b10-xfrout for AXFR-out support added. (svn r1629, r1630)

21.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	Make log message more readable when xfrin failed. (svn
	r1697)

20.	[bug]		jinmei
	Keep stderr for child processes if -v is specified. (svn
	r1690, r1698)

19.	[bug]		jinmei
	Allow bind10 boss to pass environment variables from parent.
	(svn r1689)

18.	[bug]		jinmei
	Xfrin warn if bind10_dns load failed. (svn r1688)

17.	[bug]		jinmei
	Use sqlite3_ds.load() in xfrin module and catch Sqlite3DSError
	explicitly. (svn r1684)

16.	[func]*		zhanglikun
	Removed print_message and print_settings configuration
	commands from Xfrin. (Trac #136, svn r1682)

15.	[func]*		jinmei
	Changed zone loader/updater so trailing dot is not required.
	(svn r1681)

14.	[bug]		shane
	Change shutdown to actually SIGKILL properly. (svn r1675)

13.	[bug]		jinmei
	Don't ignore other RRs than SOA even if the second SOA is
	found. (svn r1674)

12.	[build]		jreed
	Fix tests and testdata so can be used from a read-only
	source directory.

11.	[build]		jreed
	Make sure python tests scripts are included in tarball.
	(svn r1648)

10.	[build]		jinmei
	Improve python detection for configure. (svn r1622)

9.	[build]		jinmei
	Automake the python binding of libdns. (svn r1617)

8.	[bug]		zhanglikun
	Fix log errors which may cause xfrin module to crash. (svn
	r1613)

7.	[func]		zhanglikun
	New API for inserting zone data to sqlite3 database for
	AXFR-in. (svn r1612, r1613)

6.	[bug]		jreed
	More code review, miscellaneous cleanups, style guidelines,
	and new and improved unit tests added.

5.	[doc]		jreed
	Manual page cleanups and improvements.

4.	[bug]		jinmei
	NSEC RDATA fixes for buffer overrun lookups, incorrect
	boundary checks, spec-non-conformant behaviors. (svn r1611)

3.	[bug]		jelte
	Remove a re-raise of an exception that should only have
	been included in an error answer on the cc channel. (svn
	r1601)

2.	[bug]		mgraff
	Removed unnecessary sleep() from ccsession.cc. (svn r1528)

1.	[build]*		jreed
	The configure --with-boostlib option changed to --with-boost-lib.

bind10-devel-20100319 released on March 19, 2010

For complete code revision history, see
	http://git.bind10.isc.org/cgi-bin/cgit.cgi/bind10
Specific git changesets can be accessed at:
	http://git.bind10.isc.org/cgi-bin/cgit.cgi/bind10/commit/?id=rrr
or after cloning the original git repository by executing:
	% git diff rrrr^ rrrr
Subversion changesets are not accessible any more.  The subversion
revision numbers will be replaced with corresponding git revisions.
Trac tickets can be accessed at: https://bind10.isc.org/ticket/nnn

LEGEND
[bug] general bug fix.  This is generally a backward compatible change,
	unless it's deemed to be impossible or very hard to keep
	compatibility to fix the bug.
[build] compilation and installation infrastructure change.
[doc] update to documentation. This shouldn't change run time behavior.
[func] new feature.  In some cases this may be a backward incompatible
	change, which would require a bump of major version.
[security] security hole fix. This is no different than a general bug
	fix except that it will be handled as confidential and will cause
	security patch releases.
*: Backward incompatible or operational change.